WO2024114380A2 - Frequency band switching method and apparatus - Google Patents

Frequency band switching method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024114380A2
WO2024114380A2 PCT/CN2023/131767 CN2023131767W WO2024114380A2 WO 2024114380 A2 WO2024114380 A2 WO 2024114380A2 CN 2023131767 W CN2023131767 W CN 2023131767W WO 2024114380 A2 WO2024114380 A2 WO 2024114380A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency band
combination
terminal device
band combination
receiving channels
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/131767
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
WO2024114380A3 (en
Inventor
党军涛
易雄书
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024114380A2 publication Critical patent/WO2024114380A2/en
Publication of WO2024114380A3 publication Critical patent/WO2024114380A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a frequency band switching method and device.
  • the main components of the transceiver channel of the communication device may include a baseband integrated circuit, a radio frequency integrated circuit, a radio frequency front end and an antenna. Through these components, the communication device can receive and send signals.
  • the terminal device supports three frequency bands, such as f3 band, f2 band and f1 band.
  • the terminal device can support 2T2R capability, and the RF channel can be switched between the three packaged antennas, thereby realizing 2T2R on a single panel.
  • the f1 band and the f2 band the above-mentioned components are designed separately to achieve independent 4T4R capabilities.
  • the terminal device can receive signals on each of the above-mentioned frequency bands respectively.
  • the terminal device can receive signals through the f3 band, and then when the terminal device is in the coverage edge area of the f3 band and the coverage deteriorates, it switches to the f2 band or the f1 band, etc.
  • the terminal device receives signals through the above method, the resource utilization rate of each frequency band needs to be improved.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a frequency band switching method and device, which can improve resource utilization.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a frequency band switching method, the method comprising: reporting capability information, the capability information comprising at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations comprising a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, the at least two frequency band combinations respectively comprising the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands; receiving switching information, and switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  • the terminal device reports capability information so that it can switch between different frequency band combinations based on the switching information sent by the network device, thereby sharing the resources of the frequency bands in the frequency band combinations that can be switched to each other. This not only effectively realizes the flexible integration and sharing of resources and effectively improves the utilization rate of resources, but also because the terminal devices can switch frequency band combinations to each other, the reliability of terminal device communication can be effectively guaranteed.
  • the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device can flexibly switch the frequency band combination, such as switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination when the signal quality is weakened, and the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination, thereby effectively ensuring that the terminal device can effectively access the low frequency band when the signal quality is weakened. Not only can the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination be effectively utilized, but also the signal coverage of the terminal device is improved, and the communication reliability of the terminal device is ensured.
  • the method further includes: releasing one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device releases the radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC) resources of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the low frequency band. Therefore, when the terminal device switches to the second frequency band combination, the RFIC resources of the high frequency band can be effectively utilized, thereby improving the utilization rate of the RFIC resources.
  • RFIC radio frequency integrated circuit
  • the method further includes: converting one or more receiving channels in the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the receiving channels between the frequency bands in the frequency band combination can be converted to each other, thereby effectively improving the utilization rate of the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination.
  • the frequency band combination consisting of the frequency band less than 6GHz (sub6G) and the frequency band less than 3GHz (sub3G) can share resources, such as adding RFFE to the two frequency bands, and sharing antennas (such as common antenna design), RFIC resources, and baseband integrated circuit (BBIC) resources between the two frequency bands, thereby achieving 8R enhanced reception of the two frequency bands.
  • the situation where the signal quality is weakened includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the first load threshold.
  • the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device can flexibly switch the frequency band combination, such as switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination when the signal quality is enhanced, and the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination, thereby effectively ensuring that when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can preferentially access the high frequency band and unload part of the load of the low frequency band. Not only can the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination be effectively utilized, but also the signal coverage of the terminal device is improved, and the communication reliability of the terminal device is ensured.
  • the signal quality enhancement situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a second signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to a second load threshold.
  • the method further includes: releasing one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device releases the RFIC resources of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the high frequency band. Therefore, when the terminal device switches to the second frequency band combination, the RFIC resources of the low frequency band can be effectively utilized, thereby improving the utilization rate of the RFIC resources.
  • the method further includes: converting one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the receiving channels between the frequency bands in the frequency band combination can be converted to each other, thereby effectively improving the utilization rate of the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination.
  • the switching information is carried in downlink control information (DCI) or radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a frequency band switching method, the method comprising:
  • Receive capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations include a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, and the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands; send switching information, the switching information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination.
  • the network device may determine the switching information based on at least one of a load condition of a frequency band in a frequency band combination, a coverage range of a frequency band in a frequency band combination, and a time slot ratio of a frequency band in a frequency band combination.
  • the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the situation where the signal quality is weakened includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the first load threshold.
  • the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the signal quality enhancement situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a second signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to a second load threshold.
  • the switching information is carried in downlink control information DCI, or in radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is used to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the communication device includes a unit having the function of executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the communication device may include a terminal device or a chip, and the chip may be applied to the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is used to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the communication device includes a unit having the function of executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include a network device or a chip, and the chip may be applied to a network device.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • a transceiver unit and a processing unit For a detailed description of the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference may also be made to the device embodiment shown below.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, configured to execute the first aspect or the first Alternatively, the processor is used to execute a program stored in the memory, and when the program is executed, the method shown in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
  • the memory is located outside the above communication device.
  • the memory is located within the above-mentioned communication device.
  • the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive a signal or send a signal.
  • the transceiver can be used to send capability information.
  • the transceiver can be used to receive switching information, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, configured to execute the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the processor is configured to execute a program stored in a memory, and when the program is executed, the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
  • the memory is located outside the above communication device.
  • the memory is located within the above-mentioned communication device.
  • the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive a signal or send a signal.
  • the transceiver can be used to receive capability information.
  • the transceiver can also be used to send switching information, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a logic circuit and an interface, wherein the logic circuit and the interface are coupled; the interface is used to output capability information; and input switching information; the logic circuit is used to switch from a first frequency band combination to a second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  • logic circuitry may be used to determine capability information.
  • the logic circuit is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the logic circuit is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels in a high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in a low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the logic circuit is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the logic circuit is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of a low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of a high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a logic circuit and an interface, wherein the logic circuit and the interface are coupled; the interface is used to input capability information and output switching information.
  • the logic circuit can be used to parse the input capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device.
  • the logic circuit can be used to determine the switching information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program or a computer code.
  • the computer program product is run on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program or a computer code.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program.
  • the computer program runs on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program.
  • the computer program runs on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, which includes the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, and the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device, wherein the terminal device is used to execute the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, and the network device is used to execute the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2a is a schematic diagram of a transceiver channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2b is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2c is a schematic diagram of a scenario of multi-band collaborative networking provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4a is a schematic flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4b is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7c is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8c is a schematic flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of time slot ratios provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one (item) means one or more, “more than one” means two or more, “at least two (items)” means two or three and more than three, and "and/or” is used to describe the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist.
  • a and/or B can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist at the same time, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • a or B can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist when A and B do not conflict.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items.
  • at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c”.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, it can be an Internet of Things (IoT) system, a narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, or a fifth-generation (5G) communication system, a new radio (NR) system, and future communication systems.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT narrowband Internet of Things
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • NR new radio
  • NTN non-terrestrial networks
  • MTC machine type communication
  • LTE-M long term evolution-machine
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • IoT network can include Internet of Vehicles, for example.
  • V2X, X the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as vehicle-to-everything (V2X, X can represent anything).
  • the V2X can include: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • terminal devices can communicate with each other through D2D technology, M2M technology or V2X technology, etc.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, such as Wi-Fi, etc.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 series protocols, such as 802.11a/b/g protocols, 802.11n protocols, 802.11ac protocols, 802.11ax protocols, 802.11be protocols or next-generation protocols, etc., which are not listed here one by one.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • WPANs wireless personal area networks
  • UWB ultra-wideband
  • 802.15.4a protocols such as 802.15.4z protocols or 802.15.4ab protocols in the IEEE802.15 series protocols, or future generation UWB WPAN protocols, etc.
  • HIPERLAN high performance radio LAN
  • WAN wide area network
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device, and at least one terminal device, such as terminal device 1 to terminal device 4 in FIG. 1.
  • terminal device 3 and terminal device 4 as shown in FIG. 1 can communicate directly, such as direct communication between terminal devices can be achieved through D2D technology.
  • terminal devices 1 to 4 can communicate with network devices respectively, such as terminal devices 3 and terminal devices 4 can communicate directly with network devices, or can communicate with network devices indirectly, such as communicating with network devices via other terminal devices (not shown in FIG. 1).
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows a network device and four terminal devices, as well as communication links between communication devices.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices, and the coverage range of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices, such as more or fewer terminal devices, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The following describes terminal devices and network devices in detail.
  • a terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver functions.
  • the terminal device can communicate with an access network device (or also referred to as an access device) in a radio access network (RAN).
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a terminal, a subscriber unit, a user station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a user agent or a user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it may also be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a handheld device with wireless communication functions, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a sensor, a terminal in the Internet of Things, a terminal in the Internet of Vehicles, a drone, a terminal device in any form in a 5G network or a future network, etc., and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the terminal device shown in the embodiments of the present application may include not only vehicles (such as cars) in the Internet of Vehicles, but also vehicle-mounted devices or vehicle-mounted terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific form of the terminal device when it is applied to the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the terminal devices shown in the embodiments of the present application can also communicate with each other through technologies such as D2D, V2X or M2M, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the communication method between the terminal devices.
  • a network device may be a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication services for a terminal device.
  • the network device may also be referred to as an access network device, an access device, or a RAN device.
  • the network device may be a next generation node B (gNB), a next generation evolved node B (ng-eNB), or a network device in 6G communication.
  • the network device may be any device with a wireless transceiver function, including but not limited to the base station shown above (including a base station deployed on a satellite).
  • the network device may also be a device with a base station function in 6G.
  • the network device may be an access node, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, etc. in a Wi-Fi system.
  • the network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device may be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the network device may also be a small station, a transmission reception point (TRP) (or may also be referred to as a transmission point), etc.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • the network device may also be a base station, satellite, etc. in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
  • the network device may also be a communication device that carries the base station function in a non-terrestrial communication system, D2D, V2X or M2M, etc.
  • the specific type of the network device is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the names of the communication devices with network device functions may be different, and the embodiments of the present application will not list them one by one.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • the CU may also be divided into a CU-control plane (CP) and a CU-user plane (UP), etc.
  • the network device may also be an antenna unit (RU), etc.
  • the network device may also be an open radio access network (ORAN) architecture, etc.
  • ORAN open radio access network
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific deployment method of the network device. Exemplarily, when the network device is an ORAN architecture, the network device shown in the embodiment of the present application may be an access network device in the ORAN, or a module in the access network device, etc.
  • CU may also be referred to as an open (open, O)-CU
  • DU may also be referred to as O-DU
  • CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP
  • RU may also be referred to as O-RU.
  • the deployment methods of the network devices listed here are only examples. With the evolution of standard technologies, network devices may have other deployment forms. However, any method that can implement the frequency band switching method shown in the embodiment of the present application belongs to the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. It is known to those skilled in the art that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • Baseband integrated circuit responsible for completing signal processing related to the communication standard, and is used to perform digital signal compression/decompression, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation and other functions.
  • Radio frequency integrated circuit Its main function is to perform up-mixing and down-mixing, which is equivalent to converting the baseband/intermediate frequency signal that can be processed in binary into a radio frequency (RF) signal that can be sent/received on the air interface. This operation can be regarded as sending/receiving, and its main body can be understood as a radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC) chip.
  • An RF integrated circuit can include multiple transceiver channels, one receiving channel corresponds to one analog-to-digital converter (ADC), and one transmitting channel corresponds to one digital-to-analog converter (DAC).
  • ADC analog-to-digital converter
  • DAC digital-to-analog converter
  • RF front end mainly used to realize the transmission and reception of signals at different frequencies, including RF power amplifier (PA), RF low noise amplifier (LNA), RF switch, filter, duplexer, etc.
  • PA RF power amplifier
  • LNA low noise amplifier
  • RF switch mainly used to realize the transmission and reception of signals at different frequencies, including RF power amplifier (PA), RF low noise amplifier (LNA), RF switch, filter, duplexer, etc.
  • transceiver channel of a terminal device, as shown in Figure 2a.
  • the main components of the transceiver channel may include: BBIC, RFIC, radio frequency front-end (RFFE) and antenna.
  • RFFE radio frequency front-end
  • the antenna, RFIC, and BBIC can be designed in a shared or separate manner, but the RFFE cannot be shared.
  • terminal devices can support different frequency bands. For different frequency bands, the antenna, RFFE, RFIC, etc. are designed separately and work independently.
  • the terminal device supports three frequency bands, such as the f3 frequency band, the f2 frequency band, and the f1 frequency band.
  • the f3 frequency band may include millimeter wave (mmWave) frequency bands such as n258.
  • mmWave millimeter wave
  • the millimeter wave frequency band described in the embodiment of the present application will be described below using 26 GHz as an example.
  • the terminal device may support 2 transmit and 2 receive (2T2R) capabilities, corresponding to 3 packaged antennas (antenna in package, AIP) (AIP).
  • the AIP may include RFFE and antennas, etc.
  • the RFIC radio frequency channel may be switched between the three AIPs, thereby realizing AIP selection and realizing 2T2R.
  • an antenna panel packaged by an AIP may constitute a panel (pannel), or multiple antenna panels packaged by AIPs may constitute a panel, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the antenna used in the millimeter wave frequency band is AIP, that is, the antenna used in the millimeter wave frequency band is different from the antenna used in the frequency band lower than the millimeter wave.
  • the f1 band may include the n41 band
  • the f2 band may include the n79 band. Both bands are designed separately and can support 4T4R capabilities.
  • the n41 band described in the embodiment of the present application will be described below using 2.6 GHz as an example, and the n79 band described in the embodiment of the present application will be described using 4.9 GHz as an example.
  • 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz are only examples and should not be understood as limitations on the embodiments of the present application. That is, those skilled in the art can adaptively learn the relationship between 26 GHz, less than 6 GHz, less than 3 GHz, etc. and the band number shown below based on the relationship between the band number and the band.
  • the n258, n41, and n79 shown here are only examples.
  • the terminal device can also support more bands, such as n78, n77, n1, and n3, which are no longer listed one by one.
  • the f3 band shown in Figure 2b is designed to be completely separated from the f2 band and the f1 band. If the f3 band wants to achieve the downlink 4R receiving capability, it is necessary to add a millimeter-wave RFIC radio frequency channel. And if the f2 band and f1 band downlink 8R receiving capability is to be achieved to improve the downlink coverage capability and user experience, it is necessary to add additional antennas, RFFE, RFIC, etc. of the corresponding frequency bands, which is costly and difficult to implement. In multi-band collaborative networking, different frequency bands have different coverage ranges. Generally speaking, the higher the frequency, the greater the path loss and the smaller the corresponding coverage range.
  • the coverage range of the f3 band is smaller, and the coverage range of the f3 band is closer to the base station; for example, compared with the f1 band and the f3 band, the coverage range of the f2 band is in the middle; for example, compared with the f2 band and the f3 band, the coverage range of the f1 band is the largest and the coverage range of the f1 band is farther from the base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a frequency band switching method and device, which can effectively utilize resources of different frequency bands and improve resource utilization.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively realize the flexible integration and sharing of high and low frequency hardware resources under the coverage of the corresponding network (such as the network shown in Figure 2c), thereby improving downlink coverage and the downlink experience of users.
  • FIG3 is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG1.
  • the method is described below using a terminal device and a network device as examples.
  • the terminal device and the network device shown below should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application.
  • the steps performed by the terminal device as shown below can also be implemented by a chip.
  • the steps performed by the network device as shown below can also be implemented by a chip, etc., which are not listed here one by one.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal device reports capability information, and correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information reported by the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations include a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, and the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands.
  • any of the at least two frequency band combinations included in the capability information may include at least two frequency bands and the number of receiving channels of the at least two frequency bands.
  • the number of receiving channels may be understood as the number of channels used when receiving signals.
  • the number of receiving channels may include 0R, 2R, 4R, 8R, etc.
  • the number of receiving channels shown in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as receiving capability or the capability of receiving channels, etc.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device may not include the correspondence between the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination, but the communicating parties may autonomously determine to use the corresponding frequency band combination in the corresponding scenario, or the terminal device may autonomously determine the frequency band combination to be switched based on the switching information sent by the network device.
  • This method can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the capability information.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device may include the correspondence between the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination, so that the communicating parties can clearly know the corresponding frequency band combination to which the terminal device switches, thereby improving the communication efficiency when the communicating parties switch the frequency band combination.
  • the capability information may include the correspondence between at least two frequency bands in the frequency band combination (such as the correspondence between the high frequency band and the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination, and the correspondence between the high frequency band and the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination). Based on the correspondence, the communicating parties can clearly know which frequency bands belong to the same frequency band combination.
  • the capability information may not include the correspondence between at least two frequency bands in the frequency band combination, but the communicating parties use the corresponding frequency bands based on the communication capability and different scenarios. It is understandable that, when the frequency band combination or at least one of the frequency bands is determined autonomously by both communicating parties, the frequency band combination determined by both communicating parties and the frequency bands in the frequency band combination need to be consistent.
  • the frequency band combination determined by the terminal device and the network device may include the millimeter wave frequency band.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit how to ensure that the frequency band combination determined by the communicating parties is consistent.
  • the frequency band combination will be exemplarily described below.
  • the frequency band combination may include the number of receiving channels of two frequency bands.
  • the low frequency band and the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination are respectively the same, but the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination is different from the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination, and the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is different from the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the low frequency band and the high frequency band shown in the embodiment of the present application are relative, that is, the two frequency bands in a frequency band combination are high and low.
  • the frequency band combination may include at least one of the following: a combination of a low frequency band 0R and a high frequency band 4R; a combination of a low frequency band 4R and a high frequency band 2R; a combination of a low frequency band 0R and a high frequency band 8R; a combination of a low frequency band 4R and a high frequency band 4R; a combination of a low frequency band 8R and a high frequency band 0R, etc., which are not listed one by one here.
  • one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include low frequency band 0R and millimeter wave 4R, and the other frequency band combination may include millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R.
  • the low frequency band may include a frequency band less than 26 GHz, such as 4.9 GHz or 2.6 GHz.
  • one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 8R and 2.6 GHz 0R, and the other frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 4R and 2.6 GHz 4R.
  • one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 4R and 2.6 GHz 4R, and the other frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 0R and 2.6 GHz 8R.
  • one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 8R and 2.6 GHz 0R, and the other frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 0R and 2.6 GHz 8R. It is understandable that the specific contents of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may be determined according to different scenarios. For descriptions of the scenarios, reference may be made to the descriptions of signal quality reduction and signal quality enhancement shown below.
  • the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of low frequency band 0R and millimeter wave 4R
  • the second frequency band combination includes a combination of millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R. It is understandable that the low frequency band may include a frequency band less than 26GHz, such as 4.9GHz or 2.6GHz.
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R
  • the second frequency band combination includes a combination of 4.9GHz 4R and 2.6GHz 4R
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 4R and 2.6GHz 4R
  • the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R
  • the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R.
  • the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device may be more, and the embodiments of the present application will not be listed one by one.
  • the signal quality weakening situation shown above can be understood as the signal quality weakening situation that occurs when the terminal device is within the coverage range of the high frequency band, or the terminal device is at the edge of the high frequency band, resulting in the signal quality weakening and needs to switch to the coverage range of the low frequency band, or the terminal device moves from the coverage range close to the network device to the coverage range far from the network device, resulting in the signal quality weakening.
  • the signal quality weakening situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the first load threshold; the load of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than or equal to the third load threshold; the distance between the terminal device and the network device corresponding to the high frequency band is greater than or equal to the distance threshold. That is, through the above-mentioned situations, all of them may cause the terminal device to experience a weakened signal quality situation.
  • the specific values of each threshold listed above are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the second frequency band combination may include a combination of low frequency band 0R and millimeter wave 4R
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R.
  • the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHZ 4R and 2.6GHz 4R.
  • the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 4R and 2.6GHz 4R
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R
  • the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R
  • the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R.
  • the terminal device may support more frequency band combinations, which are not listed one by one in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the signal quality enhancement situation shown above can be understood as the situation where the signal quality of the high frequency band is enhanced when the terminal device is within the coverage of the low frequency band, or the situation where the terminal device is still within the coverage of the low frequency band, but the coverage of the high frequency band gradually increases, or the terminal device moves from a coverage range far from the network device to a coverage range close to the network device and the signal quality is enhanced.
  • the signal quality enhancement situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the second signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than or equal to the second load threshold; the load of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the fourth load threshold; the distance between the terminal device and the network device corresponding to the high frequency band is less than or equal to the distance threshold. That is, through the above-mentioned situations, the terminal device may experience a signal quality enhancement situation.
  • the specific values of each threshold listed above are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the number of receiving channels of more than two frequency bands may be included in the frequency band combination.
  • the frequency bands in the frequency band combination may include millimeter wave frequency bands, 4.9 GHz, and 2.6 GHz.
  • the description of the frequency band combination may be adaptively referred to the above description of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination. It is understandable that when the frequency band combination includes three or more frequency bands, the switching between these frequency bands may refer to the description of the frequency band combination including two frequency bands provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the frequency band combination includes three frequency bands
  • the three frequency bands may include a high frequency band, a medium frequency band, and a low frequency band
  • the switching between the high frequency band and the medium frequency band may be equivalent to the switching between the high frequency band and the low frequency band when the frequency band combination includes two frequency bands
  • the switching between the medium frequency band and the low frequency band may be equivalent to the switching between the high frequency band and the low frequency band when the frequency band combination includes two frequency bands. Therefore, no matter how many frequency bands are included in a frequency band combination, the switching between the frequency band combinations is similar, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail one by one.
  • the network device sends switching information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the switching information.
  • the network device may send switching information when it detects that the signal quality of the terminal device is weakened, and the terminal device is instructed to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination through the switching information.
  • the network device may send switching information when it detects that the signal quality of the terminal device is enhanced, and the terminal device is instructed to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination through the switching information.
  • enhancing signal quality please refer to the description of scenario 2 above.
  • the switching information can be carried in the DCI.
  • the switching of frequency band combinations can be realized dynamically, and the purpose of dynamic receiving channel switching can be achieved, so as to realize the flexible configuration of the downlink receiving channel from millimeter wave 2R to millimeter wave 4R without increasing the cost or at low cost (such as not adding at least one of the millimeter wave antenna, RFFE, RFIC, or sharing RFIC and/or antenna in the low frequency band), and the flexible configuration of the downlink receiving channel from 4R to 8R in the frequency band below 6GHz.
  • the switching of frequency band combinations is realized through DCI, and the timeliness of DCI is higher, so Terminal devices can switch frequency band combinations more efficiently.
  • the switching information can be carried in RRC signaling.
  • the switching of frequency band combinations can be realized semi-statically, and the purpose of semi-static receiving channel switching can be achieved, so as to realize the flexible configuration scheme of the downlink receiving channel from millimeter wave 2R to millimeter wave 4R without increasing cost or at low cost, and the flexible configuration scheme of the downlink receiving channel of the frequency band less than 6GHz can be realized from 4R to 8R.
  • the switching of frequency band combinations is realized through RRC signaling, which is safer and more reliable, so the reliability of terminal equipment switching frequency band combinations can be higher.
  • the shared antenna design can be determined based on whether the antennas between different frequency bands can support multi-frequency sharing. For example, the 2.6GHz band and the 4.9GHz band can share the antenna design, but the millimeter wave band and the low frequency band may not be able to share the antenna design.
  • the terminal device switches from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  • the network device and the terminal device both can (or are understood to be possible to) learn about the change in signal quality.
  • the terminal device it can determine the change in signal quality based on at least one of the following: the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) measured by the terminal device, the reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) measured by the terminal device, and the distance between the terminal device and the network device measured by the terminal device.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ reference signal receiving quality
  • the network device can determine the change in signal quality based on at least one of the following: the RSRP received from the terminal device by the network device, the RSRQ received from the terminal device by the network device, the distance between the terminal device and the network device received from the terminal device, and the distance between the terminal device and the terminal device measured by the network device.
  • the above-listed terminal devices and network devices learn about the change in signal quality for examples only, and should not be understood as a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
  • the load conditions borne by a certain frequency band can also reflect the change in signal quality.
  • a network device can learn about the load condition of a certain frequency band, and thus the network device can learn about changes in signal quality based on the load condition.
  • the switching information can be understood as information used to activate the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device is in the first frequency band combination, and after receiving the switching information, it can switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the correspondence between the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device can also switch the frequency band combination based on the switching information and changes in its signal quality. For example, if the signal quality of the terminal device gradually weakens, the description of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination can refer to the above scenario 1. For another example, if the signal quality of the terminal device gradually increases, the description of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination can refer to the above scenario 2.
  • the switching information may include information about the second frequency band combination. Therefore, after receiving the switching information, the terminal device may switch to the second frequency band combination based on the second frequency band combination indicated in the switching information.
  • FIG. 4a is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4a, for the scenario 1 shown above, the method shown in Figure 3 also includes step 304. As an example, the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3041, and step 303. As another example, the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3042, and step 303. It can be understood that the numbers of the various steps shown in the embodiment of the present application are used to represent different steps and do not represent the order of precedence.
  • the terminal device releases one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device can release the RFIC resources of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the low frequency band.
  • the RFIC resources of the high frequency band can be effectively utilized to improve the utilization rate of the RFIC resources.
  • the terminal device can release the antenna resources and RFIC resources of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the low frequency band.
  • the antenna resources and RFIC resources of the high frequency band can be effectively utilized to improve the utilization rate of these resources.
  • the terminal device converts one or more receiving channels in the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the receiving channels between the high frequency band and the low frequency band can be converted to each other, such as the terminal device can convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band into receiving channels of the low frequency band.
  • the purpose of sharing the receiving channels between the high frequency band and the low frequency band is effectively achieved, and resource utilization is improved.
  • FIG4b is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG3 also includes step 305.
  • the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3051, and step 303.
  • the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3052, and step 303. It is understandable that the numbers of the various steps shown in the embodiment of the present application are used to represent different steps and do not represent the order of precedence.
  • the terminal device releases one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device converts one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • step 3051 and step 3052 can be referred to FIG4 a , and will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device reports capability information so that it can switch between different frequency band combinations based on the switching information sent by the network device, thereby sharing the resources of the frequency bands in the frequency band combinations that can be switched to each other, which not only effectively realizes the flexible integration and sharing of resources, effectively improves the utilization rate of resources, but also because the terminal device can switch the frequency band combination to each other, thereby effectively ensuring the reliability of the communication of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can flexibly switch the frequency band combination, so that it can not only effectively utilize the resources of the frequency band in the frequency band combination, but also improve the signal coverage of the terminal device and ensure the communication reliability of the terminal device.
  • the frequency band combination composed of the millimeter wave frequency band and the non-millimeter wave frequency band can share RFIC resources and BBIC resources, so that the millimeter wave 4R reception or non-millimeter wave 8R reception can be realized without increasing the cost or at a low cost (such as without adding millimeter wave antennas, RFIC, etc.), effectively improving the downlink coverage and user experience (see Example 1 below).
  • the frequency band combination consisting of the frequency band less than 6 GHz (sub6G) and the frequency band less than 3 GHz (sub3G) can be shared.
  • some RFFEs can be added to the two frequency bands, and the two frequency bands share antennas (such as common antenna design), RFIC resources, and BBIC resources to achieve 8R reception of the two frequency bands (please refer to Examples 2 to 4 below).
  • Example 1 shown below is a frequency band switching method illustrated by taking the frequency band combination including millimeter waves as an example
  • Examples 2 to 4 are frequency band switching methods illustrated by taking the frequency band combination not including millimeter waves as an example.
  • the following uses millimeter wave, 4.9 GHz, and 2.6 GHz as examples to illustrate the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the high frequency band in the frequency band combination may include a millimeter wave frequency band or a frequency band greater than 6 GHz
  • the low frequency band may include a frequency band less than 6 GHz, which may include n79, i.e., a 4.9HGz frequency band, n78, i.e., a 3.5 GHz frequency band, and a frequency band less than 3G.
  • a frequency band less than 3 GHz may include n41, i.e., a 2.6 GHz frequency band.
  • a frequency band combination including a combination of millimeter wave 4R and low frequency band 0R, and a combination of millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R as an example to illustrate the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application uses a multi-panel high frequency band in the antenna design for the terminal device.
  • the high frequency band can share RFIC resources with the low frequency band, that is, the high frequency band and the low frequency band share the RFIC design.
  • the Sub3GHz band, Sub6GHz band, etc. can release their RFIC channel resources for use by the high frequency band under corresponding conditions to make up for the insufficient RFIC channel resources of the high frequency band, so as not to increase the cost. Not increasing the cost can be understood as not needing to add millimeter wave band antennas, millimeter wave band RFFEs, millimeter wave band RFICs, etc.
  • the millimeter wave already corresponds to 3 AIPs, and the AIP already contains the corresponding antennas, RFFEs, etc., it is possible to achieve millimeter wave downlink 4-channel reception without increasing the cost, thereby improving millimeter wave downlink coverage and user experience.
  • FIG5b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG5c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG5c, the method includes:
  • the terminal device accesses the low frequency band.
  • low frequency bands such as the Sub3GHz band or the Sub6GHz band have wider coverage, so when the terminal device is connected to the low frequency band, it can be covered by the network.
  • the low frequency band can be understood as a bottom coverage network.
  • the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band can be 4R.
  • the terminal device accessing the low frequency band shown in step 501 is only an example, and the terminal device can also access the high frequency band, such as the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band can be 2R.
  • Step 501 can be understood as the terminal device needs to access the network in order to report capability information to the network device.
  • the terminal device reports capability information, and correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information.
  • the terminal device can report its own receiving channel processing capabilities under different downlink frequency band combinations, such as supporting the combination of low frequency band 4R and high frequency band 2R, and the combination of high frequency band 4R and low frequency band 0R.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
  • the terminal device when the network device instructs the terminal device to start the inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device needs to access other frequency bands to achieve the inter-frequency measurement. As shown in FIG5b, the terminal device has accessed the low frequency band in the above step 501, so the terminal device can access the high frequency band 2R. The frequency band combination of the previous access: low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 2R. It can be understood that when the terminal device performs inter-frequency measurement, it can measure the signal quality through millimeter waves and perform downlink data transmission through the low frequency band. For the description of inter-frequency measurement, please refer to the relevant standards or protocols, and the embodiments of this application will not be described in detail.
  • the terminal device can periodically report RSRP.
  • the following also applies.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the high frequency band.
  • the measurement result may include RSRP of a high frequency band, etc., which are not listed one by one. It is understandable that after the network device instructs the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device may periodically report the measurement result.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the network device may determine whether to switch the frequency band combination in the baseband processing unit (building base band unit, BBU). If the frequency band combination needs to be switched, the terminal device may be instructed through DCI to switch the downlink receiving channel and frequency combination of different capabilities. It is understandable that the DCI shown in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the DCI may also be replaced by RRC signaling.
  • the DCI may include switching information, and the description of the switching information, DCI and RRC signaling can be referred to above.
  • the terminal device switches to high frequency band 4R + low frequency band 0R based on DCI.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch access to the millimeter wave band to make full use of the large bandwidth capability of the millimeter wave band.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release the RFIC resources used in the low frequency band for use in the high frequency band, enabling the millimeter wave band of the terminal device to switch from the number of receiving channels of 2R to the number of receiving channels of 4R, so as to further improve the user's downlink coverage and the number of data streams, and improve the user experience.
  • the terminal device can release the RFIC resources of the low frequency band for use in the millimeter wave band to improve the millimeter wave downlink receiving channel capability and give full play to the large bandwidth capability of millimeter waves.
  • the terminal device can switch access to the high frequency band, such as high frequency band 4R + low frequency band 0R.
  • the low-frequency band network equipment can mainly schedule and serve the terminal equipment in the medium and far points without millimeter wave band coverage, thereby effectively alleviating the user scheduling congestion caused by the high load caused by a large number of users at the low-frequency band sites.
  • the following situation may also occur: the load of the low frequency band is large, and the RSRP result of the terminal device performing inter-frequency measurement is less than the RSRP threshold value. In this case, the network can be re-established or adjusted.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device moves from the coverage of the millimeter wave to the coverage of the low frequency band (it can also be understood as the high frequency band coverage deteriorating as shown in Figure 5b), that is, when it moves from the near point to the medium and far point as shown in Figure 5b, the RSRP of the high frequency band may be less than the RSRP threshold value.
  • the terminal device can start heterofrequency measurement, such as accessing the low frequency band, measuring the signal quality through the low frequency band, and downlink data transmission through the millimeter wave.
  • the terminal device can release part of the millimeter wave RFIC channel for use in the low frequency band, so as to measure RSRP through the low frequency band.
  • the frequency band combination accessed by the terminal device includes: low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 2R.
  • the terminal device can automatically switch to millimeter wave 2R + low frequency band 4R.
  • the network device can also instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the RFIC resources of the millimeter wave frequency band for use in the low frequency band, and the downlink of the terminal device is switched to millimeter wave 2R + low frequency band 4R.
  • the role of the DCI shown here is to instruct the terminal device to access the low frequency band to facilitate inter-frequency measurement, and the low frequency band is used to measure signal quality.
  • step 505 is illustrated by taking the RSRP of the high frequency band equal to the RSRP threshold value and the network device sending DCI as an example. If the RSRP of the high frequency band is equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device may not send DCI.
  • step 507 is illustrated by taking the RSRP of the high frequency band less than the RSRP threshold value and the network device instructing the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement as an example. If the RSRP of the high frequency band is equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device may also instruct the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the relevant steps when the RSRP of a certain frequency band is equal to the RSRP threshold value. For this description, the following also applies.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the low frequency band.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the DCI includes switching information, which can be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 0R.
  • switching information can be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 0R.
  • switching information please refer to Figure 3, Figure 4a or Figure 4b, which will not be described in detail here. That is to say, when the terminal device moves to a medium or far point, since the millimeter wave frequency band has no coverage, the RFIC resources released to the millimeter wave can be recovered and the low frequency band can be selected for access.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch access to the low frequency band 4R (switch access to the low frequency band, low frequency band 4R as shown in Figure 5b), thereby effectively avoiding the gradual deterioration of millimeter wave frequency band coverage, or even terminal device dropped calls when there is no coverage.
  • the terminal device switches to high frequency band 0R + low frequency band 4R.
  • the RSRP threshold value for measuring the high frequency band shown in the embodiment of the present application may be different from the RSRP threshold value for measuring the low frequency band.
  • the specific value of each RSRP threshold value reference may be made to relevant standards, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • Figures 5b and 5c when the signal quality is weakened, the terminal device can switch from millimeter wave 4R to a combination of millimeter wave 2R + low frequency band 4R.
  • the terminal device when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can switch to millimeter wave 4R.
  • Figures 5b and 5c only exemplarily show the situation where the terminal device moves from a near point to a mid-to-far point. For the situation where the terminal device moves from a mid-to-far point to a near point, Figures 5b and 5c can be adaptively referred to, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the high-band (such as mmWave band) downlink 4R enhanced reception of the terminal device can be achieved at a low cost, thereby improving downlink coverage and user experience.
  • the high-band (such as mmWave band) downlink 4R enhanced reception of the terminal device can be achieved at a low cost, thereby improving downlink coverage and user experience.
  • flexible integration and sharing of resources can be achieved.
  • an embodiment of the present application can achieve semi-static or dynamic switching of the downlink receiving channel capability of the terminal device between different frequency bands based on coverage, load, etc.
  • the example 1 shown above is illustrated by taking the frequency band combination including millimeter waves as an example, and the examples 2 to 4 shown below will illustrate the method provided by the embodiment of the present application by taking the frequency band combination not including millimeter waves as an example.
  • the frequency band in the frequency band combination is illustrated by taking the frequency band less than 6 GHz as an example.
  • the antenna design can adopt a single-panel omnidirectional antenna (only as an example).
  • the frequency band combination in the example 2 below includes a combination of 4.9 GHz 8R, 2.6 GHz 0R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 4R, 2.6 GHz 4R.
  • the frequency band combination in the example 3 below includes a combination of 4.9 GHz 0R, 2.6 GHz 8R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 4R, 2.6 GHz 4R.
  • the frequency band combination in the example 4 shown below includes a combination of 4.9 GHz 0R, 2.6 GHz 8R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 8R, 2.6 GHz 0R.
  • the frequency band combination in Example 4 shown below may include a combination of 4.9 GHz 4R and 2.6 GHz 4R, a combination of 4.9 GHz 0R and 2.6 GHz 8R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 8R and 2.6 GHz 0R. It can be understood that the 4.9 GHz 0R shown in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as 4.9 GHz without load, and the 2.6 GHz 0R can be understood as 2.6 GHz without load.
  • the terminal device can meet at least one of the following requirements: the 4.9GHz band and the 2.6GHz band share the RFIC design; the 4.9GHz band can have an independent 4R antenna, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna can share the antenna design (such as a dual-resonance point antenna); and the RFFE corresponding to the 4.9GHz 4R is added.
  • the 2.6GHz band can be understood as a low frequency band relative to the 4.9GHz band
  • the 4.9GHz band can be understood as a high frequency band relative to the 2.6GHz band.
  • 4.9 GHz and 2.6 GHz can share BBIC resources, RFIC resources, and the 2.6 GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9 GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design. Therefore, the 2.6 GHz band can release (also understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 6a) RFIC channel resources for the 4.9 GHz band under corresponding conditions, and the 4.9 GHz band can achieve downlink 8R receiving capability through the shared antenna (4.9 GHz 4R & 2.6 GHz 4R as shown in Figure 6a) and the 4.9 GHz 4R's own antenna.
  • FIG6b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG6c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG6c, the method includes:
  • the terminal device accesses the 2.6GHz frequency band, such as 2.6GHz 4R reception.
  • step 601 can be adaptively referred to the above step 501.
  • the terminal device reports capability information, and correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information.
  • the capability information may include: a combination of 2.6GHz 4R and 4.9GHz 4R, and a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
  • low-frequency inter-frequency measurement requires a gap, that is, the data transmission of the original frequency band is suspended during the inter-frequency measurement.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device performs inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device can switch to 4.9GHz 4R reception in the downlink. It can be understood that for the sake of simplicity, 4.9GHz in Figure 6b takes 4.9G as an example, and 2.6GHz takes 2.6G as an example.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
  • a 4.9 GHz frequency band auxiliary carrier is added to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • step 605 can also be understood as: the network device sends an RRC signaling to the terminal device based on the RSRP reported by the terminal device, and the RRC signaling can be used to instruct the terminal device to add the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC signaling.
  • RRC signaling shown here is only an example, and the RRC signaling can also be replaced by DCI.
  • the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R.
  • the terminal device uses 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R reception, which increases the downlink receiving bandwidth on the terminal side and alleviates the high load on the terminal side.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the RSRP threshold value in step 607 may be the same as or different from the RSRP threshold value in step 605 .
  • the RSRP threshold value in step 607 may be greater than the RSRP threshold value in step 605 .
  • the terminal device switches to 4.9G 8R+2.6G 0R based on DCI.
  • the DCI may include switching information, which may be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R.
  • the DCI may include the following information: information used to instruct the terminal device to continue to release (relative to step 606) the RFIC resources used in the 2.6GHz low frequency band for use in the 4.9GHz band; information to enable the terminal device to switch from 2.6G 4R+4.9GHz 4R reception to 4.9G 8R reception.
  • the terminal device can further unload the 2.6GHz load to 4.9GHz, improve the downlink coverage and data flow number of 4.9GHz users, and improve the user experience.
  • the low-frequency band 2.6GHz base station can now mainly schedule and serve terminals in the mid- and far-point areas without 4.9GHz coverage, thereby alleviating the user scheduling congestion caused by the high load caused by a large number of users at the 2.6GHz low-frequency site.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
  • 2.6GHz 4R is used to measure the signal quality.
  • the terminal device when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device can automatically switch to 2.6GHz 4R, such as releasing part of the 4.9GHz RFIC resources for 2.6GHz use.
  • the network device when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the network device can also instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the 4.9GHz RFIC resources for the low-frequency band 2.6GHz use, and the downlink of the terminal device is switched to 2.6GHz 4R.
  • inter-frequency measurement please refer to FIG. 5 c or step 603 .
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the 2.6 GHz frequency band.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the DCI may include switching information, such as the DCI may be used to instruct the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination.
  • the DCI may be used to instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band for use in the 2.6GHz low-frequency band, so that the terminal device can switch to 2.6GHz 4R for downlink reception.
  • the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R in step 609, it is used to measure the signal quality, and the 2.6GHz 4R switched as indicated in step 611 is used for downlink signal reception.
  • the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R based on DCI.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch access to the 2.6GHz frequency band 4R reception to avoid the gradual deterioration of 4.9GHz coverage or even terminal dropped calls when there is no coverage.
  • Figures 6b and 6c when the signal quality is weakened, the terminal device can switch from 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R to a combination of 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R. Correspondingly, when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can switch to 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R.
  • Figures 6b and 6c only exemplarily show the situation where the terminal device moves from a near point to a medium and far point. For the situation where the terminal device moves from a medium and far point to a near point, you can adaptively refer to Figures 6b and 6c, which will not be described in detail here. It is understandable that the places not described in detail in Figure 6c can refer to the above.
  • the terminal device can meet at least one of the following requirements: 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz bands share the RFIC design; 2.6GHz has an independent 4R antenna, and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design (such as a dual-resonance point antenna); a new RFFE corresponding to the 2.6GHz 4R is added.
  • 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz can share BBIC resources, RFIC resources, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design.
  • the 4.9GHz band can release (can also be understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 7a) RFIC channel resources for the 2.6GHz band under corresponding conditions, and the 2.6GHz
  • the frequency band can achieve the downlink 8R reception capability through a shared antenna (4.9GHz 4R & 2.6GHz 4R as shown in Figure 7a) and the 2.6GHz 4R's own antenna.
  • FIG7b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG7c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG7c, the method includes:
  • the terminal device accesses the 2.6GHz frequency band, such as 2.6GHz 4R reception.
  • step 701 may refer to step 501 as appropriate.
  • the terminal device reports capability information, and the network device receives the capability information accordingly.
  • the capability information may include: a combination of 2.6GHz 4R and 4.9GHz 4R, and a combination of 2.6GHz 8R and 4.9GHz 0R.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
  • step 703 can refer to step 603, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
  • a 4.9 GHz frequency band auxiliary carrier is added to the terminal device through RRC signaling (such as CA technology).
  • step 705 can refer to step 605, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R.
  • the terminal device uses 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R reception, which increases the downlink receiving bandwidth on the terminal side and alleviates the high load on the terminal side.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination, such as sending DCI to the terminal device.
  • the network device can instruct the deletion of the 4.9GHz band auxiliary carrier with poor signal quality through DCI.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the 4.9GHz band RFIC resources for the 2.6GHz low frequency band through DCI, so that the terminal device switches the downlink reception from 2.6GHz4R to 2.6GHz8R, further improving the mid- and long-range coverage and the user downlink experience.
  • the terminal device switches to 4.9GHz 0R+2.6GHz 8R based on DCI.
  • the terminal device when the signal quality is weakened, can switch to the combination of 2.6GHz 8R + 4.9GHz 0R, that is, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band 4.9GHz is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band 4.9GHz in the combination of 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R, and the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band 2.6GHz is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band 2.6GHz in the combination of 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R.
  • the terminal device when the signal quality is enhanced, can switch to 4.9GHz 4R + 2.6GHz 4R.
  • FIG. 7c only exemplarily show the situation where the terminal device moves from a near point to a medium and far point.
  • FIG. 6b and FIG. 6c can be adaptively referred to, and no further details are given here. It is understandable that the places not described in detail in FIG. 7c can be referred to above.
  • the terminal device can meet at least one of the following conditions: a common RFIC design for the 4.9 GHz band and the 2.6 GHz band; independent 4R antennas for both 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz, and a common antenna design for the 2.6 GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9 GHz 4R antenna (designed as a dual resonance point antenna) (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 8b); and a new RFFE corresponding to 2.6 GHz and a new RFFE corresponding to 4.9 GHz 4R (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 8b).
  • 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz can share BBIC resources, RFIC resources, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design, so that the 4.9GHz band can release (also understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 8a) RFIC channel resources for the 2.6GHz band to use under corresponding conditions, and the 2.6GHz band can achieve the downlink 8R receiving capability through the shared antenna (4.9GHz 4R & 2.6GHz 4R as shown in Figure 8a) and the 2.6GHz 4R's own antenna, and the 2.6GHz band can release (also understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 8a) RFIC channel resources for the 4.9GHz band to use under corresponding conditions, and the 4.9GHz band can achieve the downlink 8R receiving capability through the shared antenna (4.9GHz 4R & 2.6GHz 4R as shown in Figure 8a) and the 4.9GHz 4R's own antenna.
  • FIG8b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG8c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8c, the method includes:
  • the terminal device accesses the 2.6GHz frequency band, such as 2.6GHz 4R reception.
  • the terminal device reports capability information, and the network device receives the capability information.
  • the capability information may be The receiving channel processing capabilities under different frequency band combinations, such as the combination of 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R, the combination of 2.6GHz 8R+4.9GHz 0R, the combination of 4.9GHz8R+2.6GHz 0R, etc.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
  • step 803 please refer to step 603 or step 703, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
  • a 4.9 GHz frequency band auxiliary carrier (such as CA technology) is added to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • step 805 For the description of step 805, please refer to the description of step 605 or step 705, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • step 807 For the description of step 807, reference may be made to step 607, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the RSRP threshold value in step 807 may be different from the RSRP threshold value in step 805.
  • the terminal device switches to 4.9G 8R+2.6G 0R based on DCI.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to continue to release the RFIC resources used in the 2.6GHz low frequency band for use in the 4.9GHz band, enabling the terminal device to switch from 2.6G 4R+4.9GHz 4R reception to 4.9G 8R reception, further unloading the load of the 2.6GHz band to the 4.9GHz band, while improving the downlink coverage and number of data streams of users in the 4.9GHz band, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the low-frequency band base station can now mainly schedule and serve the terminals in the mid- and far-point areas without 4.9GHz coverage, thereby alleviating the user scheduling congestion caused by the high load caused by a large number of users at the 2.6GHz low-frequency site.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
  • the terminal device can switch from 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz0R to 2.6GHz 4R, and 2.6GHz 4R is used for signal quality measurement. That is, the terminal device can release part of the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band for use in the 2.6GHz band. If the signal quality of 2.6GHz is greater than the RSRP threshold value, an inter-frequency switch to 2.6GHz can be initiated (as shown in step 811 below), and then 2.6GHz 4R is used for downlink data reception.
  • the terminal device when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device can automatically switch to 2.6GHz 4R, such as releasing part of the RFIC resources of 4.9GHz for use in 2.6GHz.
  • the network device when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the network device can also instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the RFIC resources of 4.9GHz for use in the low-frequency band 2.6GHz, and the downlink of the terminal device is switched to 2.6GHz 4R.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the 2.6 GHz frequency band.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch access to the 2.6GHz low frequency band 4R reception (to avoid the gradual deterioration of 4.9GHz coverage or even terminal dropped calls when there is no coverage).
  • the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R based on DCI.
  • the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device through DCI to continue releasing the RFIC resources used in the 4.9GHz frequency band for use in the 2.6GHz low-frequency band, enabling the 2.6GHz frequency band on the terminal side to switch from 4R reception to 8R reception, further improving the user's downlink coverage and improving the user's downlink experience.
  • the terminal device can meet at least one of the following: RFIC design for the 4.9GHz band and the 2.6GHz band; 2.6GHz and 4.9GHz both have independent 4R antennas, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna share the antenna design (designed as a dual resonance point antenna) (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 9); add the RFFE corresponding to 2.6GHz and the RFFE corresponding to 4.9GHz 4R (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 9); the millimeter wave band corresponds to at least 3 AIPs.
  • the description of Figure 9 can refer to the relevant descriptions of Figures 5a, 6a, 7a and 8a, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a method for dynamically switching the number of downlink receiving channels in different frequency bands and time slot ratio scenarios in a CA or DC scenario.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method includes:
  • a terminal device reports capability information, and a network device receives the capability information accordingly.
  • the capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, and the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands.
  • the terminal device may perform the above step 1002 based on the switching information.
  • the switching information please refer to the above.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be combined with Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, and Examples 1 to 4 above, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first frequency band may be any frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second frequency band may be other frequency bands in the frequency band combination except the first frequency band.
  • the first frequency band may be a high frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second frequency band may be a low frequency band in the frequency band combination; or, the first frequency band may be a low frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second frequency band may be a high frequency band in the frequency band combination.
  • the first time unit may be in units of time slots, or in units of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. If the time slot is used as a unit, the first time unit may be understood as a time slot corresponding to when the first frequency band is in a downlink receiving time slot and the second frequency band is in an uplink transmitting time slot.
  • the number of receiving channels of the first frequency band within the first time unit is greater than 4. Generally speaking, the number of receiving channels of a frequency band less than 6 GHz or less than 3 GHz is a maximum of 4. However, through the embodiments of the present application, the number of receiving channels of a frequency band less than 6 GHz or less than 3 GHz may be greater than 4, such as 8, as shown in Figures 6a, 7a, 8a and 9 above.
  • FIG. 6a takes the receiving channel shown in FIG6a, the receiving channel shown in FIG7a, and the receiving channel shown in FIG8a as examples.
  • FIG11 take 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz as DC or CA as an example.
  • FIG11 (a) can be understood as the design of separation of 2.6 GHz band and 4.9 GHz band in the terminal device, as described in FIG2b.
  • FIG11 (b) can be understood as the design of RFIC and antenna sharing between 4.9 GHz band and 2.6 GHz band, and the newly added RFFE corresponding to 4.9 GHz 4R, as described in FIG6a.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources (or RFIC channel resources, etc.) of the 2.6 GHz band (such as the switching information shown above), so as to achieve 4.9 GHz 8R reception.
  • FIG11 (c) can be understood as the design of RFIC and antenna sharing between 4.9 GHz band and 2.6 GHz band, and the newly added RFFE corresponding to 2.6 GHz 4R, as described in FIG7a.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band, thereby achieving 2.6GHz 8R reception.
  • Figure 11 (d) can be understood as the design of RFIC and antenna sharing between the 4.9GHz band and the 2.6GHz band, with the addition of RFFE corresponding to 4.9GHz 4R and RFFE corresponding to 2.6GHz 4R, as described in Figure 8a.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources (or RFIC channel resources, etc.) of the 2.6GHz band (such as the switching information shown above), thereby achieving 4.9GHz 8R reception.
  • the terminal device can instruct the network device to release the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band, thereby achieving 2.6GHz 8R reception.
  • D in Figure 11 represents a downlink time slot
  • U represents an uplink time slot
  • S represents a flexible time slot.
  • Figure 11 only shows 10 time slots by way of example, and the number of time slots shown in Figure 11 should not be understood as a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
  • the time slot ratio of the 4.9GHz frequency band adopts DDSUUUDDDD (downlink and uplink 7:3 ratio)
  • the time slot ratio of the 2.6GHz frequency band adopts DDDDDDDSUU (downlink and uplink 8:2 ratio).
  • the hardware resources of the terminal device can be effectively utilized to implement the following solution: the terminal device releases the downlink RFIC channel resources of the frequency band where the U time slot is located for use in the frequency band where the D time slot is located, thereby enabling the downlink reception of the frequency band where the D time slot is located to switch from 4R to 8R enhanced downlink reception.
  • Example 4 when the terminal device and the network device are in a DC or CA scenario, the terminal device can perform downlink data reception based on the two frequency bands of 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz.
  • 2.6GHz and 4.9GHz terminal devices are each allocated 4R receiving channels.
  • 4.9GHz is in the U time slot, and the terminal device's downlink RFIC resources in this frequency band are not used at this time. Therefore, the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release the resource for use by 2.6GHz in the D time slot, enabling 2.6GHz 8R enhanced reception on the terminal side.
  • 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz are both D time slots.
  • 4.9GHz is a D time slot and 2.6GHz is an S time slot.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the 2.6GHz downlink RFIC resources for 4.9GHz downlink 4R reception, thus achieving 4R reception of both 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz.
  • time slots 9 to 10 2.6GHz is in the U time slot, and the terminal device does not use the downlink RFIC resources in this frequency band at this time.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release the resources for the 4.9GHz frequency band in the D time slot, thus enabling 8R enhanced reception in the 4.9GHz frequency band.
  • Example 2 and Example 3 shown above can refer to the relevant description of (d) in Figure 11, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail one by one.
  • the network device can determine whether the terminal device needs to switch the frequency band combination based on at least one of the coverage of each frequency band, the load of each frequency band, and the ratio of different time slots of multiple frequency bands on the network device side. Therefore, when the frequency band combination needs to be switched, the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination through DCI or RRC signaling.
  • the low-frequency band downlink 8R enhanced reception on the terminal side is achieved at low cost, and the downlink coverage and user experience are improved.
  • flexible integration and sharing of resources can be achieved.
  • the high- and low-frequency shared RFIC design, low-frequency band shared antenna and RFIC design the high-frequency band (such as mmWave band) downlink 4R enhanced reception and low-frequency band (such as Sub6G, Sub3G band) downlink 8R reception enhancement on the terminal device side are achieved at low cost.
  • the downlink receiving channel capability of the terminal device is switched between different frequency points and channel combinations; on the premise of realizing flexible integration and sharing of resources at low cost, the downlink user perception rate is improved.
  • the present application divides the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment.
  • each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with Figures 12 to 14.
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit 1201 and a transceiver unit 1202.
  • the transceiver unit 1202 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing unit 1201 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver unit 1202 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device or a component (such as a chip or system, etc.) that can be configured in the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1202 is used to perform the operations related to the transceiver of the terminal device in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 1201 is used to perform the operations related to the processing of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the steps or functions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1201 is used to report capability information through the transceiver unit 1202;
  • the transceiver unit 1202 is used to receive the switching information
  • the processing unit 1201 is configured to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  • the processing unit 1201 is used to report the capability information through the transceiver unit 1202, which can be understood as: the processing unit 1201 can be used to determine the capability information, and the transceiver unit 1202 can send the capability information; or, the processing unit 1201 is used to determine the capability information and then output the capability information through the transceiver unit 1202 (such as outputting it to other devices so that the transceiver can send the capability information).
  • the processing unit 1201 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1201 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • processing unit 1201 For the specific description of the processing unit 1201 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on the reduction of signal quality, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the processing unit 1201 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1201 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 1201 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the storage unit may be used to store capability information.
  • the communication device may be used to execute the actions executed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be a network device or a component that can be configured in the network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1202 is used to execute the operations related to the transceiver of the network device in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 1201 is used to execute the operations related to the processing of the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the steps or functions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 1202 is configured to receive capability information and send switching information.
  • the processing unit 1201 is used to parse the received capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1201 is also used to determine the switching information based on at least one of the load condition, coverage, and time slot ratio of the frequency band in the frequency band combination.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 1201 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the storage unit may be used to store capability information.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application is only an example.
  • specific functions or execution steps of the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above-mentioned method embodiments (such as Figures 3 to 11), which will not be described in detail here.
  • capability information switching information, first frequency band combination, second frequency band combination, signal quality enhancement, signal quality reduction, etc. can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device of the embodiment of the present application is introduced above, and the possible product forms of the communication device are introduced below. It should be understood that any product having the functions of the communication device described in FIG. 12 above falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1201 may be one or more processors
  • the transceiver unit 1202 may be a transceiver, or the transceiver unit 1202 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit
  • the sending unit may be a transmitter
  • the receiving unit may be a receiver
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit are integrated into one device, such as a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver may be coupled, etc., and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection mode of the processor and the transceiver.
  • the process of sending information in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting the above information by the processor.
  • the processor When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver so that it is transmitted by the transceiver. After the above information is output by the processor, it may also need to be processed in other ways before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, the process of receiving information in the above method can be understood as the process of the processor receiving the input information.
  • the processor receives the input information
  • the transceiver receives the above information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to be processed in other ways before it is input into the processor.
  • the communication device 130 includes one or more processors 1320 and a transceiver 1310 .
  • the processor 1320 when the communication device is used to execute the steps, methods or functions performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, the processor 1320 is used to report capability information through the transceiver 1310; the transceiver 1310 is used to receive switching information; the processor 1320 is used to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  • the processor 1320 is used to report the capability information through the transceiver 1310 can be understood as: the processor 1320 can be used to determine the capability information, and the transceiver 1310 can send the capability information.
  • the processor 1320 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processor 1320 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • processor 1320 For the specific description of the processor 1320 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on the reduction of signal quality, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor 1320 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processor 1320 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the transceiver 1310 is used to receive capability information; and send switching information.
  • the processor 1320 is used to parse the received capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device.
  • the processor 1320 is also used to determine the switching information based on at least one of the load condition, coverage, and time slot ratio of the frequency band in the frequency band combination.
  • the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, wherein the receiver is used to perform a receiving function (or operation) and the transmitter is used to perform a transmitting function (or operation).
  • the transceiver is used to communicate with other devices/devices through a transmission medium.
  • the communication device 130 may also include one or more memories 1330 for storing program instructions and/or data, etc.
  • the memory 1330 is coupled to the processor 1320.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1320 may operate in conjunction with the memory 1330.
  • the processor 1320 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1330.
  • at least one of the one or more memories may be included in the processor.
  • one or more memories may be used to store at least one of the second base matrix, the first base matrix or the check matrix in the embodiment of the present application.
  • connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 1310, processor 1320 and memory 1330 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1330, processor 1320 and transceiver 1310 are connected through a bus 1340, and the bus is represented by a bold line in FIG. 13 .
  • the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not limited thereto.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one bold line is used in FIG. 13 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, etc., and may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor, etc.
  • the memory may include, but is not limited to, non-volatile memories such as hard disk drive (HDD) or solid-state drive (SSD), random access memory (RAM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), read-only memory (ROM) or portable read-only memory (CD-ROM), etc.
  • the memory is any storage medium that can be used to carry or store program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be read and/or written by a computer (such as the communication device shown in the present application), but is not limited to this.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device that can realize a storage function, which is used to store program instructions and/or data.
  • the processor 1320 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory 1330 is mainly used to store the software program and data.
  • the transceiver 1310 may include a control circuit and an antenna.
  • the control circuit is mainly used to convert the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and to process the radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the input and output devices such as a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
  • the processor 1320 can read the software program in the memory 1330, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1320 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit.
  • the RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1320.
  • the processor 1320 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing.
  • the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the communication device in a remote manner.
  • the communication device shown in the embodiment of the present application may also have more components than those in FIG. 13, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the method performed by the processor and transceiver shown above is only an example, and the specific steps performed by the processor and transceiver can refer to the method described above.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device, which may include an active antenna unit (AAU) and a baseband processing unit (BBU).
  • the BBU may be a component of a distributed base station, mainly completing baseband processing of signals (such as channel coding, channel demodulation, modulation and demodulation, etc.), providing transmission management and interfaces, managing wireless resources, and providing clock signals and other functions.
  • the processing unit 1201 may be one or more logic circuits, and the transceiver unit 1202 may be an input-output interface, or also called a communication interface, or an interface circuit, or an interface, etc.
  • the transceiver unit 1202 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit, the sending unit may be an output interface, the receiving unit may be an input interface, and the sending unit and the receiving unit are integrated into one unit, such as an input-output interface.
  • the communication device shown in FIG14 includes a logic circuit 1401 and an interface 1402.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 1201 can be implemented by the logic circuit 1401, and the transceiver unit 1202 can be implemented by the interface 1402.
  • the logic circuit 1401 can be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc.
  • the interface 1402 can be a communication interface, Input and output interfaces, pins, etc.
  • FIG. 14 takes the above communication device as an example of a chip, and the chip includes a logic circuit 1401 and an interface 1402 .
  • the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection method between the logic circuit and the interface.
  • the logic circuit 1401 when the communication device is used to execute the method, function or step performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, the logic circuit 1401 is used to report capability information through the interface 1402; the interface 1402 is used to input switching information; the logic circuit 1401 is used to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  • the logic circuit 1401 is used to report the capability information through the interface 1402, which can be understood as: the logic circuit 1401 is used to determine the capability information and then output the capability information through the interface 1402 (such as outputting it to other devices so that the transceiver can send the capability information).
  • the logic circuit 1401 is further used to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the logic circuit 1401 is further used to convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the logic circuit 1401 is further used to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the logic circuit 1401 is further used to convert one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  • the interface 1402 is used to input capability information; and output switching information.
  • the logic circuit 1401 is used to parse the input capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device.
  • the logic circuit 1401 is also used to determine the switching information based on at least one of the load condition, coverage, and time slot ratio of the frequency band in the frequency band combination.
  • capability information switching information, first frequency band combination, second frequency band combination, signal quality enhancement, signal quality reduction, etc. can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device shown in the embodiment of the present application can implement the method provided in the embodiment of the present application in the form of hardware, or can implement the method provided in the embodiment of the present application in the form of software, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a wireless communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device, which can be used to execute the method in any of the above embodiments.
  • the terminal device and the network device can refer to the communication devices shown in Figures 12 to 14.
  • the present application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the terminal device in the method provided by the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the network device in the method provided by the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer code is stored.
  • the computer code When the computer code is executed on a computer, the computer executes the operations and/or processing performed by the terminal device in the method provided in the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer codes are stored.
  • the computer codes are executed on a computer, the computer executes the operations and/or processes performed by the network device in the method provided in the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer code or a computer program.
  • a computer program product which includes a computer code or a computer program.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer code or a computer program.
  • a computer program product which includes a computer code or a computer program.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, or it can be an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed over multiple network units. Select some or all of the units to achieve the technical effect of the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, including a number of instructions to enable a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned readable storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A frequency band switching method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device reporting capability information, and correspondingly, a network device receiving the capability information, wherein the capability information comprises at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations comprise a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, and each of the at least two frequency band combinations comprises receiving channels of at least two frequency bands; and the network device sending switching information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receiving the switching information and switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination on the basis of the switching information. In the embodiments of the present application, a terminal device can switch between different frequency band combinations, such that resources shared in a frequency band combination can be effectively used, and the communication quality of the terminal device can also be effectively ensured.

Description

频段切换方法及装置Frequency band switching method and device
本申请要求在2022年11月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202211520257.0的中国专利申请的优先权,发明名称为“频段切换方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on November 30, 2022, with application number 202211520257.0, and priority to the Chinese patent application with the invention name “Frequency Band Switching Method and Device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种频段切换方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a frequency band switching method and device.
背景技术Background technique
通信装置的收发通道的主要组成部分可以包括基带集成电路、射频集成电路、射频前端和天线。通过这些组成部分,通信装置可以进行信号的接收和发送。The main components of the transceiver channel of the communication device may include a baseband integrated circuit, a radio frequency integrated circuit, a radio frequency front end and an antenna. Through these components, the communication device can receive and send signals.
目前通信装置支持不同频段工作时,天线、射频前端、射频集成电路等分离设计,独立工作。示例性的,终端设备支持3个频段,如f3频段、f2频段和f1频段。如对于f3频段来说,终端设备可以支持2T2R能力,射频通道可以在3个封装天线间切换,从而实现单面板的2T2R。对于f1频段和f2频段来说,上述各个组成部分均分离设计,从而实现独立4T4R能力。由此,终端设备可以分别在上述各个频段上接收信号,如终端设备可以通过f3频段接收信号,然后在终端设备处于f3频段的覆盖边缘区域,覆盖变差的情况下,切换到f2频段或f1频段等。At present, when the communication device supports working in different frequency bands, the antenna, RF front end, RF integrated circuit, etc. are designed separately and work independently. Exemplarily, the terminal device supports three frequency bands, such as f3 band, f2 band and f1 band. For example, for the f3 band, the terminal device can support 2T2R capability, and the RF channel can be switched between the three packaged antennas, thereby realizing 2T2R on a single panel. For the f1 band and the f2 band, the above-mentioned components are designed separately to achieve independent 4T4R capabilities. As a result, the terminal device can receive signals on each of the above-mentioned frequency bands respectively. For example, the terminal device can receive signals through the f3 band, and then when the terminal device is in the coverage edge area of the f3 band and the coverage deteriorates, it switches to the f2 band or the f1 band, etc.
然而,终端设备通过上述方法接收信号时,各个频段的资源利用率还有待提高。However, when the terminal device receives signals through the above method, the resource utilization rate of each frequency band needs to be improved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种频段切换方法及装置,可以提高资源利用率。The embodiments of the present application provide a frequency band switching method and device, which can improve resource utilization.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种频段切换方法,所述方法包括:上报能力信息,所述能力信息包括至少两个频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合分别包括至少两个频段的接收通道数;接收切换信息,基于所述切换信息从所述第一频段组合切换到所述第二频段组合。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a frequency band switching method, the method comprising: reporting capability information, the capability information comprising at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations comprising a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, the at least two frequency band combinations respectively comprising the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands; receiving switching information, and switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
本申请实施例中,终端设备通过上报能力信息,使得其可以基于网络设备下发的切换信息在不同频段组合之间进行切换,从而共享可以相互切换的频段组合中的频段的资源,不仅有效实现了资源灵活地融合共享,有效提高了资源的利用率,而且由于终端设备可以相互切换频段组合,由此可以有效保证终端设备通信的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device reports capability information so that it can switch between different frequency band combinations based on the switching information sent by the network device, thereby sharing the resources of the frequency bands in the frequency band combinations that can be switched to each other. This not only effectively realizes the flexible integration and sharing of resources and effectively improves the utilization rate of resources, but also because the terminal devices can switch frequency band combinations to each other, the reliability of terminal device communication can be effectively guaranteed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在信号质量减弱的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。In one possible implementation, when signal quality weakens, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以灵活地进行频段组合的切换,如在信号质量减弱的情况下,从第一频段组合切换至第二频段组合,且第二频段组合中高频段的接收通道数小于第一频段组合中高频段的接收通道数,从而有效保证了在信号质量减弱时,终端设备能够有效地接入到低频段中。不仅可以有效利用频段组合中频段的资源,而且改善了终端设备的信号覆盖情况,保证终端设备的通信可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can flexibly switch the frequency band combination, such as switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination when the signal quality is weakened, and the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination, thereby effectively ensuring that the terminal device can effectively access the low frequency band when the signal quality is weakened. Not only can the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination be effectively utilized, but also the signal coverage of the terminal device is improved, and the communication reliability of the terminal device is ensured.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:释放所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的一个或多个接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: releasing one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
本申请实施例中,终端设备通过释放第一频段组合中的高频段的射频集成电路(radio frequency integrated circuit,RFIC)资源给低频段使用。由此,在终端设备切换到第二频段组合时,可以有效地利用高频段的RFIC资源,提高RFIC资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device releases the radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC) resources of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the low frequency band. Therefore, when the terminal device switches to the second frequency band combination, the RFIC resources of the high frequency band can be effectively utilized, thereby improving the utilization rate of the RFIC resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:将所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成所述第二频段组合中的所述低频段中的接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: converting one or more receiving channels in the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
本申请实施例中,频段组合内的频段之间的接收通道可以相互转换,从而有效提高了频段组合内频段资源的利用率。示例性的,小于6GHz(sub6G)频段与小于3GHz(sub3G)频段组成的频段组合之间可以共享资源,如可以为这两个频段增加RFFE,又如这两个频段之间共享天线(如共天线设计)、RFIC资源、基带集成电路(base band integrated circuit,BBIC)资源,从而实现这两个频段的8R增强接收。 In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving channels between the frequency bands in the frequency band combination can be converted to each other, thereby effectively improving the utilization rate of the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination. Exemplarily, the frequency band combination consisting of the frequency band less than 6GHz (sub6G) and the frequency band less than 3GHz (sub3G) can share resources, such as adding RFFE to the two frequency bands, and sharing antennas (such as common antenna design), RFIC resources, and baseband integrated circuit (BBIC) resources between the two frequency bands, thereby achieving 8R enhanced reception of the two frequency bands.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量减弱的情况包括如下至少一项:所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量小于或等于第一信号阈值;所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载大于或等于第一负载阈值。In a possible implementation, the situation where the signal quality is weakened includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the first load threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在信号质量增强的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。In one possible implementation, when signal quality is enhanced, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以灵活地进行频段组合的切换,如在信号质量增强的情况下,从第一频段组合切换至第二频段组合,且第二频段组合中高频段的接收通道数大于第一频段组合中高频段的接收通道数,从而有效保证了在信号质量增强时,终端设备能够优先地接入到高频段中,卸载部分低频段的负载。不仅可以有效利用频段组合中频段的资源,而且改善了终端设备的信号覆盖情况,保证终端设备的通信可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can flexibly switch the frequency band combination, such as switching from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination when the signal quality is enhanced, and the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination, thereby effectively ensuring that when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can preferentially access the high frequency band and unload part of the load of the low frequency band. Not only can the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination be effectively utilized, but also the signal coverage of the terminal device is improved, and the communication reliability of the terminal device is ensured.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量增强的情况包括如下至少一项:所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量大于或等于第二信号阈值;所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载小于或等于第二负载阈值。In a possible implementation, the signal quality enhancement situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a second signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to a second load threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:释放所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的一个或多个接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: releasing one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
本申请实施例中,终端设备通过释放第一频段组合中的低频段的RFIC资源等给高频段使用。由此,在终端设备切换到第二频段组合时,可以有效地利用低频段的RFIC资源等,提高RFIC资源等的利用率。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device releases the RFIC resources of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the high frequency band. Therefore, when the terminal device switches to the second frequency band combination, the RFIC resources of the low frequency band can be effectively utilized, thereby improving the utilization rate of the RFIC resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:将所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成所述第二频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: converting one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
本申请实施例中,频段组合内的频段之间的接收通道可以相互转换,从而有效提高了频段组合内频段资源的利用率。In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving channels between the frequency bands in the frequency band combination can be converted to each other, thereby effectively improving the utilization rate of the frequency band resources in the frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述切换信息承载于下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中,或者,无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令中。In one possible implementation, the switching information is carried in downlink control information (DCI) or radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种频段切换方法,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a frequency band switching method, the method comprising:
接收能力信息,所述能力信息包括至少两个频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合分别包括至少两个频段的接收通道数;发送切换信息,所述切换信息用于指示终端设备从所述第一频段组合切换到所述第二频段组合。Receive capability information, the capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations include a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, and the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands; send switching information, the switching information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备可以基于频段组合中频段的负载情况、频段组合中频段的覆盖范围、频段组合中频段的时隙配比中的至少一项确定切换信息。In a possible implementation, the network device may determine the switching information based on at least one of a load condition of a frequency band in a frequency band combination, a coverage range of a frequency band in a frequency band combination, and a time slot ratio of a frequency band in a frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在信号质量减弱的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。In one possible implementation, when signal quality weakens, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量减弱的情况包括如下至少一项:所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量小于或等于第一信号阈值;所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载大于或等于第一负载阈值。In a possible implementation, the situation where the signal quality is weakened includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the first load threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在信号质量增强的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。In one possible implementation, when signal quality is enhanced, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述信号质量增强的情况包括如下至少一项:所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量大于或等于第二信号阈值;所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载小于或等于第二负载阈值。In a possible implementation, the signal quality enhancement situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a second signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to a second load threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述切换信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中,或者,无线资源控制RRC信令中。In a possible implementation manner, the switching information is carried in downlink control information DCI, or in radio resource control RRC signaling.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。该通信装置包括具有执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is used to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect. The communication device includes a unit having the function of executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
示例性的,该通信装置可以包括终端设备或芯片,该芯片可以应用于终端设备。Exemplarily, the communication device may include a terminal device or a chip, and the chip may be applied to the terminal device.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。该通信装置包括具有执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is used to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. The communication device includes a unit having the function of executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
示例性的,该通信装置可以包括网络设备或芯片,该芯片可以应用于网络设备。Exemplarily, the communication device may include a network device or a chip, and the chip may be applied to a network device.
在第三方面或第四方面中,上述通信装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。对于收发单元和处理单元的具体描述还可以参考下文示出的装置实施例。In the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the communication device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. For a detailed description of the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference may also be made to the device embodiment shown below.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于执行上述第一方面或第一 方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。或者,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当该程序被执行时,上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, configured to execute the first aspect or the first Alternatively, the processor is used to execute a program stored in the memory, and when the program is executed, the method shown in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之外。In a possible implementation manner, the memory is located outside the above communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之内。In a possible implementation manner, the memory is located within the above-mentioned communication device.
本申请实施例中,处理器和存储器还可以集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括收发器,该收发器,用于接收信号或发送信号。示例性的,该收发器可以用于发送能力信息。示例性的,该收发器可以用于接收切换信息等。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive a signal or send a signal. Exemplarily, the transceiver can be used to send capability information. Exemplarily, the transceiver can be used to receive switching information, etc.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。或者,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当该程序被执行时,上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, configured to execute the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. Alternatively, the processor is configured to execute a program stored in a memory, and when the program is executed, the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之外。In a possible implementation manner, the memory is located outside the above communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之内。In a possible implementation manner, the memory is located within the above-mentioned communication device.
在本申请实施例中,处理器和存储器还可以集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括收发器,该收发器,用于接收信号或发送信号。示例性的,该收发器可以用于接收能力信息。示例性的,该收发器还可以用于发送切换信息等。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive a signal or send a signal. Exemplarily, the transceiver can be used to receive capability information. Exemplarily, the transceiver can also be used to send switching information, etc.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括逻辑电路和接口,该逻辑电路和该接口耦合;该接口,用于输出能力信息;以及输入切换信息;逻辑电路,用于基于切换信息从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。In the seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a logic circuit and an interface, wherein the logic circuit and the interface are coupled; the interface is used to output capability information; and input switching information; the logic circuit is used to switch from a first frequency band combination to a second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
可理解,逻辑电路,可以用于确定能力信息。It will be appreciated that logic circuitry may be used to determine capability information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该逻辑电路,还用于释放第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the logic circuit is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该逻辑电路,还用于将第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的低频段中的接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the logic circuit is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels in a high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in a low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该逻辑电路,还用于释放第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the logic circuit is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该逻辑电路,还用于将第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道。In a possible implementation manner, the logic circuit is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of a low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of a high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
可理解,关于第七方面的具体说明还可以参考第一方面,这里不作详述。It can be understood that the specific description of the seventh aspect can also refer to the first aspect, which will not be elaborated here.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括逻辑电路和接口,该逻辑电路和该接口耦合;该接口,用于输入能力信息,以及输出切换信息。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a logic circuit and an interface, wherein the logic circuit and the interface are coupled; the interface is used to input capability information and output switching information.
示例性的,逻辑电路,可以用于对输入的能力信息进行解析,从而获得终端设备所支持的频段组合。示例性的,逻辑电路,可以用于确定切换信息。Exemplarily, the logic circuit can be used to parse the input capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device. Exemplarily, the logic circuit can be used to determine the switching information.
可理解,关于第八方面的具体说明还可以参考第二方面,这里不作详述。It can be understood that the specific description of the eighth aspect can also refer to the second aspect, which will not be elaborated here.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program. When the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In the tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store a computer program. When the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或计算机代码,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In the eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program or a computer code. When the computer program product is run on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或计算机代码,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program or a computer code. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program. When the computer program runs on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect is executed.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program. When the computer program runs on a computer, the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is executed.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信方法,该无线通信方法包括上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法,以及上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication method, which includes the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, and the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信系统,该无线通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备,该终端设备用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法,该网络设备用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。 In the sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device, wherein the terminal device is used to execute the method shown in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, and the network device is used to execute the method shown in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
关于第二方面至第十六方面的有益效果参考第一方面。For the advantageous effects of the second to sixteenth aspects, reference is made to the first aspect.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2a是本申请实施例提供的一种收发通道的示意图;FIG2a is a schematic diagram of a transceiver channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2b是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的示意图;FIG2b is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2c是本申请实施例提供的一种多频段协同组网的场景示意图;FIG2c is a schematic diagram of a scenario of multi-band collaborative networking provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG3 is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4a是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG4a is a schematic flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG4b is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5a是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的示意图;FIG5a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图;FIG5b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG5c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6a是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的示意图;FIG6a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图;FIG6b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG6c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7a是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的示意图;FIG7a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图;FIG7b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG7c is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8a是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的示意图;FIG8a is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图;FIG8b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG8c is a schematic flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图;FIG10 is a schematic flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的时隙配比示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram of time slot ratios provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the present application will be further described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等仅用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备等,没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元等,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备等固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the specification, claims and drawings of this application are only used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but may optionally include steps or units that are not listed, or may optionally include other steps or units that are inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.
在本文中提及的“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员可以显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。The "embodiment" mentioned in this article means that the specific features, structures or characteristics described in conjunction with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearance of this phrase in various places in the specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, nor is it an independent or alternative embodiment that is mutually exclusive with other embodiments. It can be explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。“A或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B,以及在A和B不冲突的情况下存在A和B三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”。In the present application, "at least one (item)" means one or more, "more than one" means two or more, "at least two (items)" means two or three and more than three, and "and/or" is used to describe the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist at the same time, where A and B can be singular or plural. "A or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist when A and B do not conflict. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items. For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c".
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各类通信系统,例如,可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things,NB-IoT)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,也可以是第五代(5th-generation,5G)通信系统,新无线(newradio,NR)系统,以及未来通信发 展中出现的新的通信系统。The technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, it can be an Internet of Things (IoT) system, a narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, or a fifth-generation (5G) communication system, a new radio (NR) system, and future communication systems. New communication systems emerging in the development.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案还可以应用于非地面网络(non-terrestrial networks,NTN)通信(也可以称为非陆地网络通信)、机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(device-todevice,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络、工业互联网或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车与任何事物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X,X可以代表任何事物),例如,该V2X可以包括:车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等。示例性的,下文示出的图1中,终端设备与终端设备之间便可以通过D2D技术、M2M技术或V2X技术通信等。The technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to non-terrestrial networks (NTN) communication (also known as non-terrestrial network communication), machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), device-to-device (D2D) network, machine-to-machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (IoT) network, industrial Internet or other networks. Among them, IoT network can include Internet of Vehicles, for example. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as vehicle-to-everything (V2X, X can represent anything). For example, the V2X can include: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc. Exemplarily, in FIG1 shown below, terminal devices can communicate with each other through D2D technology, M2M technology or V2X technology, etc.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案还可以应用于无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统,如Wi-Fi等。如本申请实施例提供的方法可以适用于电气与电子工程师协会(institute of electrical and electronics engineers,IEEE)802.11系列协议,例如802.11a/b/g协议、802.11n协议、802.11ac协议、802.11ax协议、802.11be协议或下一代的协议等,这里不再一一列举。又如还可以适用于基于超宽带(ultra wideband,UWB)技术的无线个人局域网(wireless personal area network,WPAN),如IEEE802.15系列协议中802.15.4a协议、802.15.4z协议或802.15.4ab协议,或者未来某代UWB WPAN协议等,这里不再一一列举。本领域技术人员容易理解,本申请实施例涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络。例如,蓝牙(bluetooth),高性能无线LAN(high performance radio LAN,HIPERLAN)(一种与IEEE 802.11标准类似的无线标准,主要在欧洲使用)以及广域网(WAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此,无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。The technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, such as Wi-Fi, etc. For example, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 series protocols, such as 802.11a/b/g protocols, 802.11n protocols, 802.11ac protocols, 802.11ax protocols, 802.11be protocols or next-generation protocols, etc., which are not listed here one by one. For example, it can also be applied to wireless personal area networks (WPANs) based on ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, such as 802.15.4a protocols, 802.15.4z protocols or 802.15.4ab protocols in the IEEE802.15 series protocols, or future generation UWB WPAN protocols, etc., which are not listed here one by one. It is easy for those skilled in the art to understand that the various aspects involved in the embodiments of the present application can be extended to other networks using various standards or protocols. For example, Bluetooth, high performance radio LAN (HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to the IEEE 802.11 standard, mainly used in Europe) and wide area network (WAN) or other networks now known or developed later. Therefore, regardless of the coverage range and wireless access protocol used, the technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to any suitable wireless network.
作为一种可能的实现方式,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备,以及至少一个终端设备,如图1中的终端设备1至终端设备4。示例性的,如图1所示的终端设备3与终端设备4之间可以直接通信,如可以通过D2D技术实现终端设备之间的直接通信。示例性的,终端设备1至终端设备4可以分别与网络设备通信,如终端设备3和终端设备4可以直接与网络设备通信,也可以间接地与网络设备通信,如经由其他终端设备(图1未示出)与网络设备通信。应理解,图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和四个终端设备,以及各通信设备之间的通信链路。可选地,该通信系统可以包括多个网络设备,并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,例如更多或更少的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。以下对终端设备和网络设备进行详细说明。As a possible implementation, FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system may include at least one network device, and at least one terminal device, such as terminal device 1 to terminal device 4 in FIG. 1. Exemplarily, terminal device 3 and terminal device 4 as shown in FIG. 1 can communicate directly, such as direct communication between terminal devices can be achieved through D2D technology. Exemplarily, terminal devices 1 to 4 can communicate with network devices respectively, such as terminal devices 3 and terminal devices 4 can communicate directly with network devices, or can communicate with network devices indirectly, such as communicating with network devices via other terminal devices (not shown in FIG. 1). It should be understood that FIG. 1 exemplarily shows a network device and four terminal devices, as well as communication links between communication devices. Optionally, the communication system may include multiple network devices, and the coverage range of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices, such as more or fewer terminal devices, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The following describes terminal devices and network devices in detail.
终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的装置。终端设备可以与无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的接入网设备(或者也可以称为接入设备)进行通信。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、终端(terminal)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站、移动站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、用户代理或用户装置等。在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)等。在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以是具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、传感器、物联网中的终端、车联网中的终端、无人机、5G网络或未来网络中的任意形态的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可理解,本申请实施例示出的终端设备不仅可以包括车联网中的车辆(如汽车)、而且还可以包括车联网中的车载设备或车载终端等,本申请实施例对于该终端设备应用于车联网时的具体形态不作限定。可理解,本申请实施例示出的终端设备与终端设备之间还可以通过D2D、V2X或M2M等技术进行通信,本申请实施例对于终端设备与终端设备之间的通信方法不作限定。A terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver functions. The terminal device can communicate with an access network device (or also referred to as an access device) in a radio access network (RAN). The terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a terminal, a subscriber unit, a user station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a user agent or a user device, etc. In one possible implementation, the terminal device may be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it may also be deployed on the water surface (such as a ship, etc.). In one possible implementation, the terminal device may be a handheld device with wireless communication functions, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a sensor, a terminal in the Internet of Things, a terminal in the Internet of Vehicles, a drone, a terminal device in any form in a 5G network or a future network, etc., and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this. It is understandable that the terminal device shown in the embodiments of the present application may include not only vehicles (such as cars) in the Internet of Vehicles, but also vehicle-mounted devices or vehicle-mounted terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, etc. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific form of the terminal device when it is applied to the Internet of Vehicles. It can be understood that the terminal devices shown in the embodiments of the present application can also communicate with each other through technologies such as D2D, V2X or M2M, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the communication method between the terminal devices.
网络设备可以是一种部署在无线接入网中,为终端设备提供无线通信服务的装置。该网络设备也可以称为接入网设备、接入设备或RAN设备等。示例性的,网络设备可以是下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)、下一代演进型基站(next generation evolved nodeB,ng-eNB)、或者6G通信中的网络设备等。网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,包括但不限于以上所示的基站(包括部署于卫星上的基站)。该网络设备还可以是6G中具有基站功能的装置。可选的,该网络设备可以为Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点等。可选的,该网络设备可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。可选的,该网络设备可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备等。可选的,该网络设备还可以是小站,传输接收节点(transmission reception point,TRP)(或也可以称为传输点)等。 A network device may be a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication services for a terminal device. The network device may also be referred to as an access network device, an access device, or a RAN device. Exemplarily, the network device may be a next generation node B (gNB), a next generation evolved node B (ng-eNB), or a network device in 6G communication. The network device may be any device with a wireless transceiver function, including but not limited to the base station shown above (including a base station deployed on a satellite). The network device may also be a device with a base station function in 6G. Optionally, the network device may be an access node, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, etc. in a Wi-Fi system. Optionally, the network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario. Optionally, the network device may be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device. Optionally, the network device may also be a small station, a transmission reception point (TRP) (or may also be referred to as a transmission point), etc.
可理解,该网络设备还可以是未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的基站、卫星等。该网络设备还可以为非地面通信系统、D2D、V2X或M2M中承载基站功能的通信装置等,本申请实施例对网络设备的具体类型不作限定。在不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备网络设备功能的通信装置的名称可能会有所不同,本申请实施例不再一一列举。可选的,在网络设备的一些部署中,网络设备可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。在网络设备的另一些部署中,CU还可以划分为CU-控制面(control plane,CP)和CU-用户面(user plan,UP)等。在网络设备的又一些部署中,网络设备还可以是天线单元(radio unit,RU)等。在网络设备的又一些部署中,网络设备还可以是开放的无线接入网(open radio access network,ORAN)架构等,本申请实施例对于网络设备的具体部署方式不作限定。示例性的,在网络设备是ORAN架构时,本申请实施例所示的网络设备可以是ORAN中的接入网设备,或者是接入网设备中的模块等。在ORAN系统中,CU还可以称为开放(open,O)-CU,DU还可以称为O-DU,CU-CP还可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP还可以称为O-CU-UP,RU还可以称为O-RU。这里所列举的网络设备的部署方式仅为示例,随着标准技术的演进,网络设备可能会存在其他部署形式,但凡能够实现本申请实施例所示的频段切换方法均属于本申请实施例的保护范围之内。It is understandable that the network device may also be a base station, satellite, etc. in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future. The network device may also be a communication device that carries the base station function in a non-terrestrial communication system, D2D, V2X or M2M, etc. The specific type of the network device is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In systems with different wireless access technologies, the names of the communication devices with network device functions may be different, and the embodiments of the present application will not list them one by one. Optionally, in some deployments of network devices, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), etc. In other deployments of network devices, the CU may also be divided into a CU-control plane (CP) and a CU-user plane (UP), etc. In some other deployments of network devices, the network device may also be an antenna unit (RU), etc. In some other deployments of network devices, the network device may also be an open radio access network (ORAN) architecture, etc. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific deployment method of the network device. Exemplarily, when the network device is an ORAN architecture, the network device shown in the embodiment of the present application may be an access network device in the ORAN, or a module in the access network device, etc. In the ORAN system, CU may also be referred to as an open (open, O)-CU, DU may also be referred to as O-DU, CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP, CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP, and RU may also be referred to as O-RU. The deployment methods of the network devices listed here are only examples. With the evolution of standard technologies, network devices may have other deployment forms. However, any method that can implement the frequency band switching method shown in the embodiment of the present application belongs to the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. It is known to those skilled in the art that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
以下详细说明本申请实施例涉及的术语。The terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are described in detail below.
基带集成电路(base band integrated circuit,BBIC):负责完成与通信制式相关的信号处理,用来进行数字信号的压缩/解压缩、编码/解码、调制/解调等功能。Baseband integrated circuit (BBIC): Responsible for completing signal processing related to the communication standard, and is used to perform digital signal compression/decompression, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation and other functions.
射频集成电路:主要作用是执行上混频和下混频,其相当于将可二进制处理的基带/中频信号变为可以在空口上发送/接收的射频(radio frequency,RF)信号,该操作可以被视为发送/接收,其主体可以理解为射频集成电路(radio frequency integrated circuit,RFIC)芯片。射频集成电路内可以包括多路收发通道,1路收通道对应1路模数转换(analog-to-digital converter,ADC),1路发通道对应1路数模转换(digital-to-analog converter,DAC)。Radio frequency integrated circuit: Its main function is to perform up-mixing and down-mixing, which is equivalent to converting the baseband/intermediate frequency signal that can be processed in binary into a radio frequency (RF) signal that can be sent/received on the air interface. This operation can be regarded as sending/receiving, and its main body can be understood as a radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC) chip. An RF integrated circuit can include multiple transceiver channels, one receiving channel corresponds to one analog-to-digital converter (ADC), and one transmitting channel corresponds to one digital-to-analog converter (DAC).
射频前端:主要用于实现信号在不同频率下的收发,包括射频功率放大器(power amplifier,PA)、射频低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)、射频开关(switch)、滤波器、双工器等。RF front end: mainly used to realize the transmission and reception of signals at different frequencies, including RF power amplifier (PA), RF low noise amplifier (LNA), RF switch, filter, duplexer, etc.
目前存在一种终端设备的收发通道,如图2a所示,该收发通道的主要组成部分可以包括:BBIC、RFIC、射频前端(radio frequency front-end,RFFE)和天线。一般来说,天线、RFIC、BBIC可以共享设计,也可以分离设计,但是RFFE不可共用。目前终端设备可以支持不同频段,对于不同频段来说,天线、RFFE、RFIC等分离设计,独立工作。Currently, there is a transceiver channel of a terminal device, as shown in Figure 2a. The main components of the transceiver channel may include: BBIC, RFIC, radio frequency front-end (RFFE) and antenna. Generally speaking, the antenna, RFIC, and BBIC can be designed in a shared or separate manner, but the RFFE cannot be shared. Currently, terminal devices can support different frequency bands. For different frequency bands, the antenna, RFFE, RFIC, etc. are designed separately and work independently.
示例性的,如图2b所示,终端设备支持3个频段,如f3频段、f2频段和f1频段。例如,f3频段可以包括n258等毫米波(mmWave)频段。为便于描述,下文将以26GHz为例说明本申请实施例描述的毫米波频段。对于毫米波频段来说,终端设备可以支持2发送2接收(2T2R)能力,对应3个封装天线(antenna in Package,AIP)(AIP)。AIP内可以包括RFFE和天线等。如图2b所示,RFIC射频通道可以在3个AIP间切换,从而实现AIP选择,实现2T2R。可理解,一个AIP封装的天线面板可以构成一个面板(pannel),或者多个AIP封装的天线面板可以构成一个面板,本申请实施例对此不作限定。一般来说,毫米波频段所使用的天线为AIP,即毫米波频段所使用的天线与比毫米波低的频段使用的天线不同。例如,f1频段可以包括n41频段,f2频段可以包括n79频段,这两个频段均为分离设计,可以支持4T4R能力。可理解,为便于描述,下文将以2.6GHz为例说明本申请实施例描述的n41频段,以4.9GHz为例说明本申请实施例描述的n79频段。2.6GHz和4.9GHz仅为示例,不应将其理解为对本申请实施例的限定。即本领域技术人员可以基于频段号与频段之间的关系,适应性地获知下文所示的26GHz、小于6GHz、小于3GHz等与频段号的关系。这里所示的n258、n41和n79仅为示例,在具体实现中,终端设备还可以支持更多的频段,如n78、n77、n1和n3等,不再一一列举。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG2b, the terminal device supports three frequency bands, such as the f3 frequency band, the f2 frequency band, and the f1 frequency band. For example, the f3 frequency band may include millimeter wave (mmWave) frequency bands such as n258. For ease of description, the millimeter wave frequency band described in the embodiment of the present application will be described below using 26 GHz as an example. For the millimeter wave frequency band, the terminal device may support 2 transmit and 2 receive (2T2R) capabilities, corresponding to 3 packaged antennas (antenna in package, AIP) (AIP). The AIP may include RFFE and antennas, etc. As shown in FIG2b, the RFIC radio frequency channel may be switched between the three AIPs, thereby realizing AIP selection and realizing 2T2R. It is understandable that an antenna panel packaged by an AIP may constitute a panel (pannel), or multiple antenna panels packaged by AIPs may constitute a panel, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. Generally speaking, the antenna used in the millimeter wave frequency band is AIP, that is, the antenna used in the millimeter wave frequency band is different from the antenna used in the frequency band lower than the millimeter wave. For example, the f1 band may include the n41 band, and the f2 band may include the n79 band. Both bands are designed separately and can support 4T4R capabilities. It is understandable that, for ease of description, the n41 band described in the embodiment of the present application will be described below using 2.6 GHz as an example, and the n79 band described in the embodiment of the present application will be described using 4.9 GHz as an example. 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz are only examples and should not be understood as limitations on the embodiments of the present application. That is, those skilled in the art can adaptively learn the relationship between 26 GHz, less than 6 GHz, less than 3 GHz, etc. and the band number shown below based on the relationship between the band number and the band. The n258, n41, and n79 shown here are only examples. In a specific implementation, the terminal device can also support more bands, such as n78, n77, n1, and n3, which are no longer listed one by one.
然而,图2b所示的f3频段与f2频段、f1频段完全分离设计,f3频段如果要实现下行4R的接收能力,则需要增加毫米波RFIC射频通道。以及如果要实现f2频段和f1频段下行8R的接收能力,以提升下行覆盖能力及用户体验,则需要额外分别新增相应频段的天线、RFFE、RFIC等,成本及实现难度高。在多频段协同组网下,不同频段覆盖范围不同。一般来说,频率越高,路径损耗越大,相应的覆盖范围越小。如 图2c所示,各频段天线、RFFE、RFIC分离设计下,对于中点范围内且近点范围之外的终端设备来说,毫米波无覆盖,此时终端设备的毫米波硬件资源(如RFIC射频通道)浪费。对于远点范围内切中点范围之外的终端设备来说,f2频段无覆盖,此时终端设备的f2频段硬件资源(如RFIC射频通道、天线)浪费。可理解,图2c所示的近点、中点与远点是相对而言的,如相对于f1频段和f2频段来说,f3频段的覆盖范围更小,且f3频段的覆盖范围距离基站更近;又如相对于f1频段和f3频段来说,f2频段的覆盖范围处于中间位置;又如相对于f2频段和f3频段来说,f1频段的覆盖范围最大且f1频段的覆盖范围距离基站更远。However, the f3 band shown in Figure 2b is designed to be completely separated from the f2 band and the f1 band. If the f3 band wants to achieve the downlink 4R receiving capability, it is necessary to add a millimeter-wave RFIC radio frequency channel. And if the f2 band and f1 band downlink 8R receiving capability is to be achieved to improve the downlink coverage capability and user experience, it is necessary to add additional antennas, RFFE, RFIC, etc. of the corresponding frequency bands, which is costly and difficult to implement. In multi-band collaborative networking, different frequency bands have different coverage ranges. Generally speaking, the higher the frequency, the greater the path loss and the smaller the corresponding coverage range. For example As shown in Figure 2c, under the separate design of antennas, RFFE, and RFIC for each frequency band, for terminal devices within the midpoint range and outside the near point range, there is no millimeter wave coverage, and the millimeter wave hardware resources of the terminal device (such as RFIC radio frequency channels) are wasted. For terminal devices within the far point range and outside the midpoint range, there is no coverage of the f2 band, and the f2 band hardware resources of the terminal device (such as RFIC radio frequency channels and antennas) are wasted. It can be understood that the near point, midpoint, and far point shown in Figure 2c are relative. For example, compared with the f1 band and the f2 band, the coverage range of the f3 band is smaller, and the coverage range of the f3 band is closer to the base station; for example, compared with the f1 band and the f3 band, the coverage range of the f2 band is in the middle; for example, compared with the f2 band and the f3 band, the coverage range of the f1 band is the largest and the coverage range of the f1 band is farther from the base station.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种频段切换方法及装置,可以有效利用不同频段的资源,提高资源利用率。本申请实施例提供的方法可以有效实现在相应网络(如类似图2c所示的网络)覆盖情况下,高低频硬件资源灵活的融合共享,提升下行覆盖及用户的下行体验。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a frequency band switching method and device, which can effectively utilize resources of different frequency bands and improve resource utilization. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively realize the flexible integration and sharing of high and low frequency hardware resources under the coverage of the corresponding network (such as the network shown in Figure 2c), thereby improving downlink coverage and the downlink experience of users.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。该方法可以应用于如图1所示的通信系统,为便于描述,下文均以终端设备和网络设备为例说明该方法。但是,不应将下文所示的终端设备和网络设备理解为对本申请实施例的限定。如下文所示的终端设备执行的步骤还可以由芯片实现。又如下文所示的网络设备执行的步骤还可以由芯片实现等,这里不再一一列举。FIG3 is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG1. For ease of description, the method is described below using a terminal device and a network device as examples. However, the terminal device and the network device shown below should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application. The steps performed by the terminal device as shown below can also be implemented by a chip. The steps performed by the network device as shown below can also be implemented by a chip, etc., which are not listed here one by one.
如图3所示,该方法包括:As shown in FIG3 , the method includes:
301、终端设备上报能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备上报的能力信息。该能力信息包括至少两个频段组合,该至少两个频段组合包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合,该至少两个频段组合分别包括至少两个频段的接收通道数。301. The terminal device reports capability information, and correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information reported by the terminal device. The capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations include a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, and the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands.
能力信息中包括的至少两个频段组合中任意一个频段组合均可以包括至少两个频段,以及该至少两个频段的接收通道数。该接收通道数可以理解为接收信号时,所使用的通道数。举例来说,接收通道数可以包括0R、2R、4R、8R等。本申请实施例所示的接收通道数还可以称为接收能力或接收通道的能力等。Any of the at least two frequency band combinations included in the capability information may include at least two frequency bands and the number of receiving channels of the at least two frequency bands. The number of receiving channels may be understood as the number of channels used when receiving signals. For example, the number of receiving channels may include 0R, 2R, 4R, 8R, etc. The number of receiving channels shown in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as receiving capability or the capability of receiving channels, etc.
可选地,终端设备上报的能力信息中可以不包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合的对应关系,而是由通信双方自主确定在对应场景下使用对应的频段组合,或者,终端设备可以基于网络设备发送的切换信息自主确定其需要切换的频段组合。该种方式可以有效减少能力信息的信令开销。可选地,终端设备上报的能力信息中可以包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合的对应关系,由此可使得通信双方明确获知终端设备切换到的对应频段组合,提高通信双方切换频段组合时的通信效率。可选地,能力信息中可以包括频段组合中的至少两个频段的对应关系(如第一频段组合中的高频段与低频段的对应关系,又如第二频段组合中的高频段与低频段的对应关系),基于该对应关系,通信双方可以明确获知哪些频段属于同一个频段组合。可选地,能力信息中可以不包括频段组合中的至少两个频段的对应关系,而是由通信双方基于通信能力以及不同的场景使用对应的频段。可理解,在由通信双方自主确定频段组合或频段中的至少一项的情况下,通信双方确定的频段组合以及该频段组合中的频段需要保持一致。举例来说,终端设备支持通过毫米波频段接收信号,则终端设备和网络设备确定的频段组合可以包括毫米波频段。对于如何保证通信双方确定的频段组合一致,本申请实施例不作限定。以下将示例性地说明频段组合。Optionally, the capability information reported by the terminal device may not include the correspondence between the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination, but the communicating parties may autonomously determine to use the corresponding frequency band combination in the corresponding scenario, or the terminal device may autonomously determine the frequency band combination to be switched based on the switching information sent by the network device. This method can effectively reduce the signaling overhead of the capability information. Optionally, the capability information reported by the terminal device may include the correspondence between the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination, so that the communicating parties can clearly know the corresponding frequency band combination to which the terminal device switches, thereby improving the communication efficiency when the communicating parties switch the frequency band combination. Optionally, the capability information may include the correspondence between at least two frequency bands in the frequency band combination (such as the correspondence between the high frequency band and the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination, and the correspondence between the high frequency band and the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination). Based on the correspondence, the communicating parties can clearly know which frequency bands belong to the same frequency band combination. Optionally, the capability information may not include the correspondence between at least two frequency bands in the frequency band combination, but the communicating parties use the corresponding frequency bands based on the communication capability and different scenarios. It is understandable that, when the frequency band combination or at least one of the frequency bands is determined autonomously by both communicating parties, the frequency band combination determined by both communicating parties and the frequency bands in the frequency band combination need to be consistent. For example, if the terminal device supports receiving signals through the millimeter wave frequency band, the frequency band combination determined by the terminal device and the network device may include the millimeter wave frequency band. The embodiment of the present application does not limit how to ensure that the frequency band combination determined by the communicating parties is consistent. The frequency band combination will be exemplarily described below.
作为一个示例,频段组合中可以包括两个频段的接收通道数。示例性的,第一频段组合和第二频段组合中的低频段和高频段分别相同,但是,第一频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数与第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数不同,以及第一频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数与第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数不同。可理解,本申请实施例所示的低频段与高频段是相对而言的,即一个频段组合中的两个频段有高低之分。示例性的,频段组合可以包括如下至少一项:低频段0R、高频段4R的组合;低频段4R、高频段2R的组合;低频段0R、高频段8R的组合;低频段4R、高频段4R的组合;低频段8R、高频段0R的组合等,这里不再一一列举。As an example, the frequency band combination may include the number of receiving channels of two frequency bands. Exemplarily, the low frequency band and the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination are respectively the same, but the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination is different from the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination, and the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is different from the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination. It can be understood that the low frequency band and the high frequency band shown in the embodiment of the present application are relative, that is, the two frequency bands in a frequency band combination are high and low. Exemplarily, the frequency band combination may include at least one of the following: a combination of a low frequency band 0R and a high frequency band 4R; a combination of a low frequency band 4R and a high frequency band 2R; a combination of a low frequency band 0R and a high frequency band 8R; a combination of a low frequency band 4R and a high frequency band 4R; a combination of a low frequency band 8R and a high frequency band 0R, etc., which are not listed one by one here.
举例来说,第一频段组合和第二频段组合中的一个频段组合可以包括低频段0R、毫米波4R,另一个频段组合包括毫米波2R、低频段4R。可理解,低频段可以包括频段小于26GHz的频段,如4.9GHz或2.6GHz等。又如第一频段组合和第二频段组合中的一个频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R,另一个频段组合包括4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R。又如第一频段组合和第二频段组合中的一个频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R,另一个频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R。又如第一频段组合和第二频段组合中的一个频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R,另一个频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R。可理解,第一频段组合和第二频段组合的具体内容可以依据不同的场景确定,关于场景的说明可以参考下文所示的信号质量减弱和信号质量增强的描述。For example, one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include low frequency band 0R and millimeter wave 4R, and the other frequency band combination may include millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R. It is understandable that the low frequency band may include a frequency band less than 26 GHz, such as 4.9 GHz or 2.6 GHz. For another example, one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 8R and 2.6 GHz 0R, and the other frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 4R and 2.6 GHz 4R. For another example, one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 4R and 2.6 GHz 4R, and the other frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 0R and 2.6 GHz 8R. For another example, one of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 8R and 2.6 GHz 0R, and the other frequency band combination may include 4.9 GHz 0R and 2.6 GHz 8R. It is understandable that the specific contents of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination may be determined according to different scenarios. For descriptions of the scenarios, reference may be made to the descriptions of signal quality reduction and signal quality enhancement shown below.
场景1,在终端设备的信号质量减弱的情况下,第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数小于第一频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数;或者,第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数大于第一频段组合中的低频 段的接收通道数。示例性的,第一频段组合可以包括低频段0R、毫米波4R的组合,第二频段组合包括毫米波2R、低频段4R的组合。可理解,低频段可以包括频段小于26GHz的频段,如4.9GHz或2.6GHz等。又如第一频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合,第二频段组合包括4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合。又如第一频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合,第二频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合。又如第一频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合,第二频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合。在具体实现中,终端设备支持的频段组合还可能更多,本申请实施例不再一一列举。Scenario 1: When the signal quality of the terminal device is weakened, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. The number of receiving channels of the band. Exemplarily, the first frequency band combination may include a combination of low frequency band 0R and millimeter wave 4R, and the second frequency band combination includes a combination of millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R. It is understandable that the low frequency band may include a frequency band less than 26GHz, such as 4.9GHz or 2.6GHz. For example, the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R, and the second frequency band combination includes a combination of 4.9GHz 4R and 2.6GHz 4R. For example, the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 4R and 2.6GHz 4R, and the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R. For example, the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R, and the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R. In a specific implementation, the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device may be more, and the embodiments of the present application will not be listed one by one.
以上所示的信号质量减弱的情况可以理解为终端设备在高频段的覆盖范围内而出现的信号质量减弱的情况,或者,终端设备在高频段的边缘范围导致信号质量减弱需要切换到低频段的覆盖范围的情况,或者,终端设备从距离网络设备近的覆盖范围移动到距离网络设备远的覆盖范围而导致信号质量减弱的情况。示例性的,信号质量减弱的情况包括如下至少一项:第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量小于或等于第一信号阈值;第一频段组合中高频段的负载大于或等于第一负载阈值;第二频段组合中低频段的负载小于或等于第三负载阈值;终端设备与高频段对应的网络设备之间的距离大于或等于距离阈值。即通过上述列举的情况,均可能会导致终端设备出现信号质量减弱的情况。以上所列举的各个阈值的具体取值,本申请实施例不作限定。The signal quality weakening situation shown above can be understood as the signal quality weakening situation that occurs when the terminal device is within the coverage range of the high frequency band, or the terminal device is at the edge of the high frequency band, resulting in the signal quality weakening and needs to switch to the coverage range of the low frequency band, or the terminal device moves from the coverage range close to the network device to the coverage range far from the network device, resulting in the signal quality weakening. Exemplarily, the signal quality weakening situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the first load threshold; the load of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than or equal to the third load threshold; the distance between the terminal device and the network device corresponding to the high frequency band is greater than or equal to the distance threshold. That is, through the above-mentioned situations, all of them may cause the terminal device to experience a weakened signal quality situation. The specific values of each threshold listed above are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
场景2,在信号质量增强的情况下,第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数大于第一频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数;或者,第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数小于第一频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数。示例性的,第二频段组合可以包括低频段0R、毫米波4R的组合,第一频段组合包括毫米波2R、低频段4R的组合。又如第二频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合,第一频段组合包括4.9GHZ 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合。又如第二频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合,第一频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合。又如第二频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合,第一频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合。在具体实现中,终端设备支持的频段组合还可能更多,本申请实施例不再一一列举。Scenario 2: When the signal quality is enhanced, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. Exemplarily, the second frequency band combination may include a combination of low frequency band 0R and millimeter wave 4R, and the first frequency band combination may include a combination of millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R. For another example, the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R, and the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHZ 4R and 2.6GHz 4R. For another example, the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 4R and 2.6GHz 4R, and the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R. For another example, the second frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R, and the first frequency band combination may include a combination of 4.9GHz 0R and 2.6GHz 8R. In a specific implementation, the terminal device may support more frequency band combinations, which are not listed one by one in the embodiments of the present application.
以上所示的信号质量增强的情况可以理解为终端设备在低频段的覆盖范围内而出现的高频段的信号质量增强的情况,或者,终端设备虽然仍位于低频段的覆盖范围内,但是高频段的覆盖范围逐渐增加的情况,或者,终端设备从距离网络设备远的覆盖范围移动到距离网络设备近的覆盖范围而出现信号质量增强的情况。示例性的,信号质量增强的情况包括如下至少一项:第二频段组合中高频段的信号质量大于或等于第二信号阈值;第二频段组合中高频段的负载小于或等于第二负载阈值;第一频段组合中低频段的负载大于或等于第四负载阈值;终端设备与高频段对应的网络设备之间的距离小于或等于距离阈值。即通过上述列举的情况,均可能会使得终端设备出现信号质量增强的情况。以上所列举的各个阈值的具体取值,本申请实施例不作限定。The signal quality enhancement situation shown above can be understood as the situation where the signal quality of the high frequency band is enhanced when the terminal device is within the coverage of the low frequency band, or the situation where the terminal device is still within the coverage of the low frequency band, but the coverage of the high frequency band gradually increases, or the terminal device moves from a coverage range far from the network device to a coverage range close to the network device and the signal quality is enhanced. Exemplarily, the signal quality enhancement situation includes at least one of the following: the signal quality of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the second signal threshold; the load of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than or equal to the second load threshold; the load of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to the fourth load threshold; the distance between the terminal device and the network device corresponding to the high frequency band is less than or equal to the distance threshold. That is, through the above-mentioned situations, the terminal device may experience a signal quality enhancement situation. The specific values of each threshold listed above are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
作为另一个示例,频段组合中可以包括两个以上频段的接收通道数。示例性的,如频段组合中的频段可以包括毫米波频段、4.9GHz、2.6GHz。关于频段组合的说明可以适应性地参考上述关于第一频段组合和第二频段组合的说明。可理解,当频段组合中包括三个或三个以上频段的情况下,这些频段之间的切换可以参考本申请实施例提供的关于频段组合中包括两个频段的说明。不同的是,如频段组合包括三个频段时,这三个频段可以包括高频段、中频段和低频段,高频段与中频段之间的切换可以相当于频段组合包括两个频段时高频段与低频段之间的切换,以及中频段与低频段之间的切换可以相当于频段组合包括两个频段时高频段与低频段之间的切换。因此,不管一个频段组合中包括多少个频段,频段组合之间的切换均类似,本申请实施例不再一一详述。As another example, the number of receiving channels of more than two frequency bands may be included in the frequency band combination. Exemplarily, the frequency bands in the frequency band combination may include millimeter wave frequency bands, 4.9 GHz, and 2.6 GHz. The description of the frequency band combination may be adaptively referred to the above description of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination. It is understandable that when the frequency band combination includes three or more frequency bands, the switching between these frequency bands may refer to the description of the frequency band combination including two frequency bands provided in the embodiment of the present application. The difference is that, if the frequency band combination includes three frequency bands, the three frequency bands may include a high frequency band, a medium frequency band, and a low frequency band, and the switching between the high frequency band and the medium frequency band may be equivalent to the switching between the high frequency band and the low frequency band when the frequency band combination includes two frequency bands, and the switching between the medium frequency band and the low frequency band may be equivalent to the switching between the high frequency band and the low frequency band when the frequency band combination includes two frequency bands. Therefore, no matter how many frequency bands are included in a frequency band combination, the switching between the frequency band combinations is similar, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail one by one.
302、网络设备向终端设备发送切换信息,对应的,终端设备接收切换信息。302. The network device sends switching information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the switching information.
示例性的,网络设备可以在检测到终端设备的信号质量减弱的情况下,发送切换信息,通过该切换信息指示终端设备从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。关于信号质量减弱的说明可以参考上文场景1的描述。示例性的,网络设备可以在检测到终端设备的信号质量增强的情况下,发送切换信息,通过该切换信息指示终端设备从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。关于信号质量增强的说明可以参考上文场景2的描述。Exemplarily, the network device may send switching information when it detects that the signal quality of the terminal device is weakened, and the terminal device is instructed to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination through the switching information. For instructions on weakening signal quality, please refer to the description of scenario 1 above. Exemplarily, the network device may send switching information when it detects that the signal quality of the terminal device is enhanced, and the terminal device is instructed to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination through the switching information. For instructions on enhancing signal quality, please refer to the description of scenario 2 above.
示例性的,切换信息可以承载于DCI中。由此,可以动态地实现切换频段组合,实现动态地接收通道切换的目的,从而在不增加成本或低成本(如不增加毫米波天线、RFFE、RFIC中的至少一项,或者低频段共享RFIC和/或天线)地实现毫米波2R到毫米波4R的下行接收通道灵活配置的方案,小于6GHz频段下行接收通道灵活实现4R到8R配置的方案。通过DCI实现频段组合的切换,DCI的时效性更高,因此 终端设备切换频段组合的效率更高。Exemplarily, the switching information can be carried in the DCI. Thus, the switching of frequency band combinations can be realized dynamically, and the purpose of dynamic receiving channel switching can be achieved, so as to realize the flexible configuration of the downlink receiving channel from millimeter wave 2R to millimeter wave 4R without increasing the cost or at low cost (such as not adding at least one of the millimeter wave antenna, RFFE, RFIC, or sharing RFIC and/or antenna in the low frequency band), and the flexible configuration of the downlink receiving channel from 4R to 8R in the frequency band below 6GHz. The switching of frequency band combinations is realized through DCI, and the timeliness of DCI is higher, so Terminal devices can switch frequency band combinations more efficiently.
示例性的,切换信息可以承载于RRC信令中。由此,可以半静态地实现切换频段组合,实现半静态地接收通道切换的目的,从而在不增加成本或低成本地实现毫米波2R到毫米波4R的下行接收通道灵活配置的方案,小于6GHz频段下行接收通道灵活实现4R到8R配置的方案。通过RRC信令实现频段组合的切换,RRC信令更安全可靠,因此可以使得终端设备切换频段组合的可靠性更高。Exemplarily, the switching information can be carried in RRC signaling. Thus, the switching of frequency band combinations can be realized semi-statically, and the purpose of semi-static receiving channel switching can be achieved, so as to realize the flexible configuration scheme of the downlink receiving channel from millimeter wave 2R to millimeter wave 4R without increasing cost or at low cost, and the flexible configuration scheme of the downlink receiving channel of the frequency band less than 6GHz can be realized from 4R to 8R. The switching of frequency band combinations is realized through RRC signaling, which is safer and more reliable, so the reliability of terminal equipment switching frequency band combinations can be higher.
可理解,一般来说,共天线设计可以依据不同频段间天线能否支持多频点共享情况而确定,如2.6GHz频段与4.9GHz频段可以共天线设计,毫米波频段与低频段之间可能无法进行共天线设计。It can be understood that, generally speaking, the shared antenna design can be determined based on whether the antennas between different frequency bands can support multi-frequency sharing. For example, the 2.6GHz band and the 4.9GHz band can share the antenna design, but the millimeter wave band and the low frequency band may not be able to share the antenna design.
303、终端设备基于切换信息从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。303. The terminal device switches from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
可理解,不管是信号质量减弱,还是信号质量增强,对于网络设备和终端设备来说,这两者均可以(或理解为均有可能)获知到信号质量的变化情况。例如,对于终端设备来说,其可以基于如下至少一项确定信号质量的变化情况:终端设备测量得到的参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、终端设备测量得到的参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)、终端设备测量得到的其与网络设备之间的距离。又例如,对于网络设备来说,其可以基于如下至少一项确定信号质量的变化情况:网络设备接收到的来自终端设备的RSRP、网络设备接收到的来自终端设备的RSRQ、网络设备接收到的来自终端设备的该终端设备与网络设备之间的距离、网络设备测量得到的其与终端设备之间的距离。可理解,以上所列举的终端设备和网络设备获知信号质量变化情况仅为示例,不应将其理解为对本申请实施例的限定。可理解,除了以上所列举的信息可能会影响信号质量之外,某个频段所承受的负载情况,也可以反映信号质量的变化情况。一般来说,网络设备可以获知某一频段的负载情况,因此网络设备可以基于该负载情况获知信号质量的变化情况。It is understandable that, whether the signal quality is weakened or enhanced, for the network device and the terminal device, both can (or are understood to be possible to) learn about the change in signal quality. For example, for the terminal device, it can determine the change in signal quality based on at least one of the following: the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) measured by the terminal device, the reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) measured by the terminal device, and the distance between the terminal device and the network device measured by the terminal device. For another example, for the network device, it can determine the change in signal quality based on at least one of the following: the RSRP received from the terminal device by the network device, the RSRQ received from the terminal device by the network device, the distance between the terminal device and the network device received from the terminal device, and the distance between the terminal device and the terminal device measured by the network device. It is understandable that the above-listed terminal devices and network devices learn about the change in signal quality for examples only, and should not be understood as a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. It is understandable that in addition to the information listed above that may affect the signal quality, the load conditions borne by a certain frequency band can also reflect the change in signal quality. Generally speaking, a network device can learn about the load condition of a certain frequency band, and thus the network device can learn about changes in signal quality based on the load condition.
作为一个示例,由于终端设备和网络设备均可以获知信号质量的变化情况,因此切换信息可以理解为用于激活终端设备进行频段组合切换的信息。示例性的,终端设备处于第一频段组合,其接收到切换信息之后,可以基于第一频段组合与第二频段组合之间的对应关系,从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。具体的,如终端设备处于第一频段组合,该终端设备还可以基于切换信息以及其信号质量变化情况进行频段组合的切换。例如,终端设备的信号质量逐渐减弱,则关于第一频段组合和第二频段组合的说明可以参考上述场景1。又例如,终端设备的信号质量逐渐增强,则关于第一频段组合和第二频段组合的说明可以参考上述场景2。As an example, since both the terminal device and the network device can be informed of changes in signal quality, the switching information can be understood as information used to activate the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination. Exemplarily, the terminal device is in the first frequency band combination, and after receiving the switching information, it can switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the correspondence between the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination. Specifically, if the terminal device is in the first frequency band combination, the terminal device can also switch the frequency band combination based on the switching information and changes in its signal quality. For example, if the signal quality of the terminal device gradually weakens, the description of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination can refer to the above scenario 1. For another example, if the signal quality of the terminal device gradually increases, the description of the first frequency band combination and the second frequency band combination can refer to the above scenario 2.
作为另一个示例,切换信息中可以包括第二频段组合的信息。由此,终端设备接收到该切换信息之后,可以基于该切换信息中所指示的第二频段组合切换到第二频段组合。As another example, the switching information may include information about the second frequency band combination. Therefore, after receiving the switching information, the terminal device may switch to the second frequency band combination based on the second frequency band combination indicated in the switching information.
本申请实施例中,一个频段组合中的高频段与低频段之间的资源可以共享,如共享RFIC资源、BBIC资源、天线资源等。图4a是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。如图4a所示,对于上文所示的场景1来说,图3所示的方法还包括步骤304。作为一个示例,本申请实施例提供的频段切换方法可以包括步骤301、步骤302、步骤3041和步骤303。作为另一个示例,本申请实施例提供的频段切换方法可以包括步骤301、步骤302、步骤3042、步骤303。可理解,本申请实施例所示的各个步骤的编号用于表示不同的步骤,并不表示先后顺序。In an embodiment of the present application, resources between a high frequency band and a low frequency band in a frequency band combination can be shared, such as sharing RFIC resources, BBIC resources, antenna resources, etc. Figure 4a is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4a, for the scenario 1 shown above, the method shown in Figure 3 also includes step 304. As an example, the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3041, and step 303. As another example, the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3042, and step 303. It can be understood that the numbers of the various steps shown in the embodiment of the present application are used to represent different steps and do not represent the order of precedence.
3041、终端设备释放第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道。3041. The terminal device releases one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
示例性的,终端设备可以释放第一频段组合中的高频段的RFIC资源给低频段使用。由此,在终端设备切换到第二频段组合时,可以有效地利用高频段的RFIC资源,提高RFIC资源的利用率。示例性的,终端设备可以释放第一频段组合中高频段的天线资源、RFIC资源给低频段使用。由此,在终端设备切换到第二频段组合时,可以有效地利用高频段的天线资源、RFIC资源,提高这些资源的利用率。Exemplarily, the terminal device can release the RFIC resources of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the low frequency band. Thus, when the terminal device switches to the second frequency band combination, the RFIC resources of the high frequency band can be effectively utilized to improve the utilization rate of the RFIC resources. Exemplarily, the terminal device can release the antenna resources and RFIC resources of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination for use in the low frequency band. Thus, when the terminal device switches to the second frequency band combination, the antenna resources and RFIC resources of the high frequency band can be effectively utilized to improve the utilization rate of these resources.
3042、终端设备将第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的低频段中的接收通道。3042. The terminal device converts one or more receiving channels in the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
示例性的,高频段与低频段之间的接收通道可以相互转换,如终端设备可以将高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换为低频段的接收通道。由此,有效实现了高频段和低频段之间接收通道共享的目的,提高了资源利用率。For example, the receiving channels between the high frequency band and the low frequency band can be converted to each other, such as the terminal device can convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band into receiving channels of the low frequency band. Thus, the purpose of sharing the receiving channels between the high frequency band and the low frequency band is effectively achieved, and resource utilization is improved.
图4b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。如图4b所示,对于上文所示的场景2来说,图3所示的方法还包括步骤305。作为一个示例,本申请实施例提供的频段切换方法可以包括步骤301、步骤302、步骤3051和步骤303。作为另一个示例,本申请实施例提供的频段切换方法可以包括步骤301、步骤302、步骤3052、步骤303。可理解,本申请实施例所示的各个步骤的编号用于表示不同的步骤,并不表示先后顺序。 FIG4b is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG4b, for the scenario 2 shown above, the method shown in FIG3 also includes step 305. As an example, the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3051, and step 303. As another example, the frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application may include step 301, step 302, step 3052, and step 303. It is understandable that the numbers of the various steps shown in the embodiment of the present application are used to represent different steps and do not represent the order of precedence.
3051、终端设备释放第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道。3051. The terminal device releases one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
3052、终端设备将第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道。3052. The terminal device converts one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
可理解,关于步骤3051和步骤3052的说明可以参考图4a,这里不再详述。It is understandable that the description of step 3051 and step 3052 can be referred to FIG4 a , and will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,终端设备通过上报能力信息,使得其可以基于网络设备下发的切换信息在不同频段组合之间进行切换,从而共享可以相互切换的频段组合中的频段的资源,不仅有效实现了资源灵活地融合共享,有效提高了资源的利用率,而且由于终端设备可以相互切换频段组合,由此可以有效保证终端设备通信的可靠性。可选地,终端设备可以灵活地进行频段组合的切换,从而不仅可以有效利用频段组合中频段的资源,而且改善了终端设备的信号覆盖情况,保证终端设备的通信可靠性。可选地,毫米波频段与非毫米波频段(如4.9GHz、2.6GHz等)所组成的频段组合之间可以共享RFIC资源、BBIC资源,从而可以不增加成本或低成本地(如不增加毫米波的天线、RFIC等)实现毫米波4R接收,或者非毫米波8R接收,有效提高了下行覆盖及用户体验(可以参考下文示例一)。可选地,小于6GHz(sub6G)频段与小于3GHz(sub3G)频段组成的频段组合之间可以共享,如可以为这两个频段增加一些RFFE,这两个频段之间共享天线(如共天线设计)、RFIC资源、BBIC资源,实现这两个频段的8R接收(可以参考下文示例二至示例四)。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device reports capability information so that it can switch between different frequency band combinations based on the switching information sent by the network device, thereby sharing the resources of the frequency bands in the frequency band combinations that can be switched to each other, which not only effectively realizes the flexible integration and sharing of resources, effectively improves the utilization rate of resources, but also because the terminal device can switch the frequency band combination to each other, thereby effectively ensuring the reliability of the communication of the terminal device. Optionally, the terminal device can flexibly switch the frequency band combination, so that it can not only effectively utilize the resources of the frequency band in the frequency band combination, but also improve the signal coverage of the terminal device and ensure the communication reliability of the terminal device. Optionally, the frequency band combination composed of the millimeter wave frequency band and the non-millimeter wave frequency band (such as 4.9GHz, 2.6GHz, etc.) can share RFIC resources and BBIC resources, so that the millimeter wave 4R reception or non-millimeter wave 8R reception can be realized without increasing the cost or at a low cost (such as without adding millimeter wave antennas, RFIC, etc.), effectively improving the downlink coverage and user experience (see Example 1 below). Optionally, the frequency band combination consisting of the frequency band less than 6 GHz (sub6G) and the frequency band less than 3 GHz (sub3G) can be shared. For example, some RFFEs can be added to the two frequency bands, and the two frequency bands share antennas (such as common antenna design), RFIC resources, and BBIC resources to achieve 8R reception of the two frequency bands (please refer to Examples 2 to 4 below).
从图3、图4a和图4b所示的方法可以看出,在终端设备上报能力信息之后,基于信号质量的强弱,终端设备可以基于网络设备下发的切换信息在不同的频段组合之间进行切换。下文将结合图3、图4a或图4b详细说明本申请实施例提供的方法。如下文所示的示例一是以频段组合包括毫米波为例示出的频段切换方法,示例二至示例四是以频段组合不包括毫米波为例示出的频段切换方法。It can be seen from the methods shown in Figures 3, 4a and 4b that after the terminal device reports the capability information, based on the strength of the signal quality, the terminal device can switch between different frequency band combinations based on the switching information sent by the network device. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with Figures 3, 4a or 4b. Example 1 shown below is a frequency band switching method illustrated by taking the frequency band combination including millimeter waves as an example, and Examples 2 to 4 are frequency band switching methods illustrated by taking the frequency band combination not including millimeter waves as an example.
以下分别以毫米波、4.9GHz、2.6GHz为例说明本申请实施例提供的方法。The following uses millimeter wave, 4.9 GHz, and 2.6 GHz as examples to illustrate the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
示例一Example 1
本申请实施例中频段组合中的高频段可以包括毫米波频段或大于6GHz频段,低频段可以包括小于6GHz频段可以包括n79即4.9HGz频段,n78即3.5GHz频段,以及小于3G频段。小于3GHz频段可以包括n41即2.6GHz频段。为便于描述,下文将以频段组合包括毫米波4R、低频段0R的组合,以及毫米波2R,低频段4R的组合为例说明本申请实施例提供的方法。In the embodiment of the present application, the high frequency band in the frequency band combination may include a millimeter wave frequency band or a frequency band greater than 6 GHz, and the low frequency band may include a frequency band less than 6 GHz, which may include n79, i.e., a 4.9HGz frequency band, n78, i.e., a 3.5 GHz frequency band, and a frequency band less than 3G. A frequency band less than 3 GHz may include n41, i.e., a 2.6 GHz frequency band. For ease of description, the following will take a frequency band combination including a combination of millimeter wave 4R and low frequency band 0R, and a combination of millimeter wave 2R and low frequency band 4R as an example to illustrate the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
相对于图2b所示的收发通道,本申请实施例针对终端设备的天线设计上使用了多面板的高频段,如图5a所示,高频段可以与低频段之间共享RFIC资源,即高频段与低频段之间共RFIC设计。示例性的,Sub3GHz频段、Sub6GHz频段等可以在相应条件下释放其RFIC通道资源给高频段使用,弥补该高频段的RFIC通道资源不足,从而可不新增成本。不增加成本可以理解为如不需要新增毫米波频段的天线、毫米波频段的RFFE、毫米波频段的RFIC等。因为图5a所示的接收通道中,毫米波已对应有3个AIP,AIP中已包含相应天线、RFFE等,所以可以在不增加成本的基础上实现毫米波的下行4通道接收,提升毫米波下行覆盖及用户体验。Relative to the transceiver channel shown in FIG2b, the embodiment of the present application uses a multi-panel high frequency band in the antenna design for the terminal device. As shown in FIG5a, the high frequency band can share RFIC resources with the low frequency band, that is, the high frequency band and the low frequency band share the RFIC design. Exemplarily, the Sub3GHz band, Sub6GHz band, etc. can release their RFIC channel resources for use by the high frequency band under corresponding conditions to make up for the insufficient RFIC channel resources of the high frequency band, so as not to increase the cost. Not increasing the cost can be understood as not needing to add millimeter wave band antennas, millimeter wave band RFFEs, millimeter wave band RFICs, etc. Because in the receiving channel shown in FIG5a, the millimeter wave already corresponds to 3 AIPs, and the AIP already contains the corresponding antennas, RFFEs, etc., it is possible to achieve millimeter wave downlink 4-channel reception without increasing the cost, thereby improving millimeter wave downlink coverage and user experience.
图5b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图,图5c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。如图5c所示,该方法包括:FIG5b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application, and FIG5c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG5c, the method includes:
501、终端设备接入低频段。501. The terminal device accesses the low frequency band.
一般来说,Sub3GHz频段或Sub6GHz频段等低频段的覆盖较广,因此终端设备接入到低频段的情况下,均可以覆盖到网络。或者,低频段可以理解为打底覆盖网络。示例性的,低频段的接收通道数可以是4R。Generally speaking, low frequency bands such as the Sub3GHz band or the Sub6GHz band have wider coverage, so when the terminal device is connected to the low frequency band, it can be covered by the network. Alternatively, the low frequency band can be understood as a bottom coverage network. For example, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band can be 4R.
可理解,步骤501所示的终端设备接入低频段仅为示例,如终端设备也可以接入到高频段,如高频段的接收通道数可以是2R。步骤501可以理解为终端设备需要接入到网络中,以便于向网络设备上报能力信息。It is understandable that the terminal device accessing the low frequency band shown in step 501 is only an example, and the terminal device can also access the high frequency band, such as the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band can be 2R. Step 501 can be understood as the terminal device needs to access the network in order to report capability information to the network device.
502、终端设备上报能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收该能力信息。502. The terminal device reports capability information, and correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information.
即终端设备可以上报自身下行不同频段组合下的接收通道处理能力,如支持低频段4R、高频段2R的组合,与高频段4R、低频段0R的组合。That is, the terminal device can report its own receiving channel processing capabilities under different downlink frequency band combinations, such as supporting the combination of low frequency band 4R and high frequency band 2R, and the combination of high frequency band 4R and low frequency band 0R.
503、在低频段网络设备侧高负载(如负载大于某一门限值)的情况下,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。503. When the low-frequency network device side has a high load (eg, the load is greater than a certain threshold value), the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
一般来说,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量时,终端设备需要接入到其他频段才能实现异频测量。如上述步骤501中终端设备已接入低频段,由此终端设备可以接入高频段2R,如图5b所示,终端设备目 前接入的频段组合:低频段4R+高频段2R。可理解,终端设备在进行异频测量时,其可以通过毫米波进行信号质量的测量,通过低频段进行下行数据传输。关于异频测量的说明可以参考相关标准或协议,本申请实施例不再详述。Generally speaking, when the network device instructs the terminal device to start the inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device needs to access other frequency bands to achieve the inter-frequency measurement. As shown in FIG5b, the terminal device has accessed the low frequency band in the above step 501, so the terminal device can access the high frequency band 2R. The frequency band combination of the previous access: low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 2R. It can be understood that when the terminal device performs inter-frequency measurement, it can measure the signal quality through millimeter waves and perform downlink data transmission through the low frequency band. For the description of inter-frequency measurement, please refer to the relevant standards or protocols, and the embodiments of this application will not be described in detail.
可理解,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量之后,该终端设备可以周期性地上报RSRP,对于该说明,下文同样适用。It is understandable that after the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement, the terminal device can periodically report RSRP. For this description, the following also applies.
504、终端设备上报高频段的测量结果。504. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the high frequency band.
示例性的,测量结果可以包括高频段的RSRP等,不再一一列举。可理解,当网络设备指示终端设备异频测量之后,终端设备可以周期性地上报测量结果。Exemplarily, the measurement result may include RSRP of a high frequency band, etc., which are not listed one by one. It is understandable that after the network device instructs the terminal device to perform inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device may periodically report the measurement result.
505、在高频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。505. When the RSRP measurement result of the high frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
示例性的,网络设备可以在基带处理单元(building base band unit,BBU)确定是否切换频段组合,在需要切换频段组合的情况下,可以通过DCI指示终端设备进行不同能力的下行接收通道及频点组合切换。可理解,本申请实施例所示的DCI仅为示例,如DCI还可以替换为RRC信令。该DCI可以包括切换信息,关于切换信息、DCI和RRC信令的说明可以参考上文。Exemplarily, the network device may determine whether to switch the frequency band combination in the baseband processing unit (building base band unit, BBU). If the frequency band combination needs to be switched, the terminal device may be instructed through DCI to switch the downlink receiving channel and frequency combination of different capabilities. It is understandable that the DCI shown in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the DCI may also be replaced by RRC signaling. The DCI may include switching information, and the description of the switching information, DCI and RRC signaling can be referred to above.
506、终端设备基于DCI切换至高频段4R+低频段0R。506. The terminal device switches to high frequency band 4R + low frequency band 0R based on DCI.
示例性的,在近点有毫米波覆盖的区域,若高频段的测量结果中RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则网络设备可以指示该终端设备切换接入至毫米波频段,以充分利用毫米波频段的大带宽能力。如网络设备可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放低频段使用的RFIC资源给高频段使用,使能该终端设备的毫米波频段由2R的接收通道数切换为4R的接收通道数,以进一步提升用户下行覆盖及数据流数,提升用户体验。也就是说,由于毫米波的带宽大,近点覆盖优,因此终端设备可以释放低频段的RFIC资源给毫米波频段使用,以提升毫米波下行接收通道能力,充分发挥毫米波大带宽的能力。如图5b所示,终端设备可以切换接入到高频段,如高频段4R+低频段0R。Exemplarily, in an area with millimeter wave coverage at the near point, if the RSRP in the measurement result of the high frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch access to the millimeter wave band to make full use of the large bandwidth capability of the millimeter wave band. For example, the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release the RFIC resources used in the low frequency band for use in the high frequency band, enabling the millimeter wave band of the terminal device to switch from the number of receiving channels of 2R to the number of receiving channels of 4R, so as to further improve the user's downlink coverage and the number of data streams, and improve the user experience. In other words, due to the large bandwidth of millimeter waves and excellent near-point coverage, the terminal device can release the RFIC resources of the low frequency band for use in the millimeter wave band to improve the millimeter wave downlink receiving channel capability and give full play to the large bandwidth capability of millimeter waves. As shown in Figure 5b, the terminal device can switch access to the high frequency band, such as high frequency band 4R + low frequency band 0R.
由于终端设备从低频段切换到了高频段,因此相当于释放了低频段中的近点的调度用户,由此低频段的网络设备可以主要调度服务中远点无毫米波频段覆盖区域的终端设备,从而可以有效缓解由于低频段的站点下大量用户引起的高负载,所带来的用户调度阻塞。Since the terminal equipment switches from the low-frequency band to the high-frequency band, it is equivalent to releasing the scheduling users at the near point in the low-frequency band. Therefore, the low-frequency band network equipment can mainly schedule and serve the terminal equipment in the medium and far points without millimeter wave band coverage, thereby effectively alleviating the user scheduling congestion caused by the high load caused by a large number of users at the low-frequency band sites.
可理解,在具体实现中,还可能会出现如下情况:低频段的负载较大,且终端设备进行异频测量的结果RSRP小于RSRP门限值。该情况下,可以重新进行组网或调整组网等。It is understandable that in a specific implementation, the following situation may also occur: the load of the low frequency band is large, and the RSRP result of the terminal device performing inter-frequency measurement is less than the RSRP threshold value. In this case, the network can be re-established or adjusted.
507、在高频段的测量结果RSRP小于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。507. When the RSRP measurement result of the high frequency band is less than the RSRP threshold value, the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
示例性的,在终端设备从毫米波的覆盖范围移动到低频段的覆盖范围(也可以理解为如图5b所示的高频段覆盖变差),即从图5b所示的近点移动到中远点的情况下,可能会出现高频段的RSRP小于RSRP门限值。该情况下,终端设备可以启动异频测量,如接入到低频段,通过低频段进行信号质量的测量,通过毫米波进行下行数据传输。示例性的,终端设备可以释放部分毫米波的RFIC通道给低频段使用,从而通过低频段测量RSRP,如图5b所示,终端设备接入的频段组合包括:低频段4R+高频段2R。可选地,终端设备在接收到网络设备指示其启动异频测量的RRC信令的情况下,该终端设备可以自动切换至毫米波2R+低频段4R。可选地,终端设备在接收到网络设备指示其启动异频测量的RRC信令的情况下,网络设备还可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放毫米波频段的部分RFIC资源给低频段使用,以及终端设备的下行切换至毫米波2R+低频段4R。但是,这里所示的DCI的作用是指示终端设备接入到低频段已便于异频测量,低频段用于进行信号质量的测量。上述关于终端设备启动异频测量之后的步骤下文同样适用。Exemplarily, when the terminal device moves from the coverage of the millimeter wave to the coverage of the low frequency band (it can also be understood as the high frequency band coverage deteriorating as shown in Figure 5b), that is, when it moves from the near point to the medium and far point as shown in Figure 5b, the RSRP of the high frequency band may be less than the RSRP threshold value. In this case, the terminal device can start heterofrequency measurement, such as accessing the low frequency band, measuring the signal quality through the low frequency band, and downlink data transmission through the millimeter wave. Exemplarily, the terminal device can release part of the millimeter wave RFIC channel for use in the low frequency band, so as to measure RSRP through the low frequency band. As shown in Figure 5b, the frequency band combination accessed by the terminal device includes: low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 2R. Optionally, when the terminal device receives RRC signaling from the network device instructing it to start heterofrequency measurement, the terminal device can automatically switch to millimeter wave 2R + low frequency band 4R. Optionally, when the terminal device receives RRC signaling from the network device instructing it to start inter-frequency measurement, the network device can also instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the RFIC resources of the millimeter wave frequency band for use in the low frequency band, and the downlink of the terminal device is switched to millimeter wave 2R + low frequency band 4R. However, the role of the DCI shown here is to instruct the terminal device to access the low frequency band to facilitate inter-frequency measurement, and the low frequency band is used to measure signal quality. The above steps after the terminal device starts inter-frequency measurement are also applicable below.
可理解,步骤505是以高频段的RSRP等于RSRP门限值,网络设备下发DCI为例示出的,如高频段的RSRP等于RSRP门限值时,网络设备也可以不下发DCI。类似的,步骤507是以高频段的RSRP小于RSRP门限值,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量为例示出的,如高频段的RSRP等于RSRP门限值时,网络设备也可以指示终端设备启动异频测量。也就是说,关于某个频段的RSRP等于RSRP门限值时的相关步骤,本申请实施例不作限定。对于该说明,下文同样适用。It can be understood that step 505 is illustrated by taking the RSRP of the high frequency band equal to the RSRP threshold value and the network device sending DCI as an example. If the RSRP of the high frequency band is equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device may not send DCI. Similarly, step 507 is illustrated by taking the RSRP of the high frequency band less than the RSRP threshold value and the network device instructing the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement as an example. If the RSRP of the high frequency band is equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device may also instruct the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement. In other words, the embodiments of the present application do not limit the relevant steps when the RSRP of a certain frequency band is equal to the RSRP threshold value. For this description, the following also applies.
508、终端设备上报低频段的测量结果。508. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the low frequency band.
509、在低频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。509. When the RSRP measurement result of the low frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
示例性的,该DCI包括切换信息,该切换信息可以用于指示终端设备切换到低频段4R+高频段0R。关于切换信息的说明可以参考图3、图4a或图4b,这里不再详述。就是说,在终端设备移动至中远点的情况下,由于毫米波频段无覆盖,因此可以收回释放给毫米波的RFIC资源,选择接入低频段。 Exemplarily, the DCI includes switching information, which can be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the low frequency band 4R + high frequency band 0R. For the description of the switching information, please refer to Figure 3, Figure 4a or Figure 4b, which will not be described in detail here. That is to say, when the terminal device moves to a medium or far point, since the millimeter wave frequency band has no coverage, the RFIC resources released to the millimeter wave can be recovered and the low frequency band can be selected for access.
也就是说,在终端设备切换至高频段2R+低频段4R之后,若终端设备上报的低频段的测量结果中RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则网络设备可以指示该终端设备切换接入至低频段4R(如图5b所示切换接入低频段,低频段4R),从而可以有效避免毫米波频段的覆盖逐渐变差,甚至无覆盖时终端设备掉话的情况。That is to say, after the terminal device switches to the high frequency band 2R + low frequency band 4R, if the RSRP in the measurement result of the low frequency band reported by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch access to the low frequency band 4R (switch access to the low frequency band, low frequency band 4R as shown in Figure 5b), thereby effectively avoiding the gradual deterioration of millimeter wave frequency band coverage, or even terminal device dropped calls when there is no coverage.
510、终端设备切换至高频段0R+低频段4R。510. The terminal device switches to high frequency band 0R + low frequency band 4R.
可理解,本申请实施例所示的衡量高频段的RSRP门限值与衡量低频段的RSRP门限值可能会所有不同,对于各个RSRP门限值的具体取值可以参考相关标准等,本申请实施例不作限定。It is understandable that the RSRP threshold value for measuring the high frequency band shown in the embodiment of the present application may be different from the RSRP threshold value for measuring the low frequency band. For the specific value of each RSRP threshold value, reference may be made to relevant standards, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可理解,如图5b和图5c所示,信号质量减弱的情况下,终端设备可以从毫米波4R切换至毫米波2R+低频段4R的组合。对应的,在信号质量增强的情况下,终端设备可以切换至毫米波4R。图5b和图5c仅示例性地示出了终端设备从近点移动到中远点的情况,对于终端设备从中远点移动到近点的情况可以适应性地参考图5b和图5c,这里不再详述。It can be understood that, as shown in Figures 5b and 5c, when the signal quality is weakened, the terminal device can switch from millimeter wave 4R to a combination of millimeter wave 2R + low frequency band 4R. Correspondingly, when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can switch to millimeter wave 4R. Figures 5b and 5c only exemplarily show the situation where the terminal device moves from a near point to a mid-to-far point. For the situation where the terminal device moves from a mid-to-far point to a near point, Figures 5b and 5c can be adaptively referred to, and will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,通过高低频段共RFIC射频通道设计(或称为高低频段RFIC设计),可以低成本地实现终端设备高频段(如mmWave频段)下行4R增强接收,提升下行覆盖及用户体验。在多频段联合组网场景下,可以实现资源的灵活融合共享。示例性的,在多频段联合组网场景下,本申请实施例可以基于覆盖范围、负载等,实现终端设备下行接收通道能力在不同频段之间的半静态或动态切换。In an embodiment of the present application, through the high- and low-band RFIC radio frequency channel design (or referred to as high- and low-band RFIC design), the high-band (such as mmWave band) downlink 4R enhanced reception of the terminal device can be achieved at a low cost, thereby improving downlink coverage and user experience. In a multi-band joint networking scenario, flexible integration and sharing of resources can be achieved. Exemplarily, in a multi-band joint networking scenario, an embodiment of the present application can achieve semi-static or dynamic switching of the downlink receiving channel capability of the terminal device between different frequency bands based on coverage, load, etc.
上文所示的示例一是以频段组合包括毫米波为例示出的,下文所示的示例二至示例四将以频段组合不包括毫米波为例说明本申请实施例提供的方法。如下文所示的示例二至示例四是以频段组合中的频段是小于6GHz频段为例示出的,对于小于6GHz频段来说,天线设计可以采用单面板全向天线(仅为示例)。如下文的示例二中的频段组合包括4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合,以及4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合。下文的示例三中的频段组合包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合,以及4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合。下文所示的示例四中的频段组合包括4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合,以及4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合。或者,下文所示的示例四中的频段组合可以包括4.9GHz 4R、2.6GHz 4R的组合,4.9GHz 0R、2.6GHz 8R的组合,以及4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合。可理解,本申请实施例所示的4.9GHz 0R可以理解为4.9GHz无负载,2.6GHz 0R可以理解为2.6GHz无负载。The example 1 shown above is illustrated by taking the frequency band combination including millimeter waves as an example, and the examples 2 to 4 shown below will illustrate the method provided by the embodiment of the present application by taking the frequency band combination not including millimeter waves as an example. As shown in the examples 2 to 4 below, the frequency band in the frequency band combination is illustrated by taking the frequency band less than 6 GHz as an example. For the frequency band less than 6 GHz, the antenna design can adopt a single-panel omnidirectional antenna (only as an example). For example, the frequency band combination in the example 2 below includes a combination of 4.9 GHz 8R, 2.6 GHz 0R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 4R, 2.6 GHz 4R. The frequency band combination in the example 3 below includes a combination of 4.9 GHz 0R, 2.6 GHz 8R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 4R, 2.6 GHz 4R. The frequency band combination in the example 4 shown below includes a combination of 4.9 GHz 0R, 2.6 GHz 8R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 8R, 2.6 GHz 0R. Alternatively, the frequency band combination in Example 4 shown below may include a combination of 4.9 GHz 4R and 2.6 GHz 4R, a combination of 4.9 GHz 0R and 2.6 GHz 8R, and a combination of 4.9 GHz 8R and 2.6 GHz 0R. It can be understood that the 4.9 GHz 0R shown in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as 4.9 GHz without load, and the 2.6 GHz 0R can be understood as 2.6 GHz without load.
示例二Example 2
如图6a所示,为实现4.9GHz频段的下行8R接收,终端设备可以满足如下至少一项:4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC设计;4.9GHz可以有独立的4R天线,2.6GHz 4R天线与4.9GHz 4R天线可以共天线设计(如设计为双谐振点天线);新增4.9GHz 4R对应的RFFE。可理解,频段组合中相对于4.9GHz频段来说,2.6GHz频段可以理解为低频段;相对于2.6GHz频段来说,4.9GHz频段可以理解为高频段。如图6a所示,4.9GHz与2.6GHz可以共享BBIC资源、RFIC资源,以及2.6GHz 4R天线与4.9GHz 4R天线共天线设计,由此2.6GHz频段可以在相应条件下可以释放(也可以理解为通过如图6a所示的开关切换)RFIC通道资源给4.9GHz频段使用,以及4.9GHz频段可以通过共享的天线(如图6a所示的4.9GHz 4R&2.6GHz 4R)以及4.9GHz 4R自身的天线实现下行8R的接收能力。As shown in Figure 6a, to achieve downlink 8R reception in the 4.9GHz band, the terminal device can meet at least one of the following requirements: the 4.9GHz band and the 2.6GHz band share the RFIC design; the 4.9GHz band can have an independent 4R antenna, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna can share the antenna design (such as a dual-resonance point antenna); and the RFFE corresponding to the 4.9GHz 4R is added. It can be understood that in the frequency band combination, the 2.6GHz band can be understood as a low frequency band relative to the 4.9GHz band; and the 4.9GHz band can be understood as a high frequency band relative to the 2.6GHz band. As shown in Figure 6a, 4.9 GHz and 2.6 GHz can share BBIC resources, RFIC resources, and the 2.6 GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9 GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design. Therefore, the 2.6 GHz band can release (also understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 6a) RFIC channel resources for the 4.9 GHz band under corresponding conditions, and the 4.9 GHz band can achieve downlink 8R receiving capability through the shared antenna (4.9 GHz 4R & 2.6 GHz 4R as shown in Figure 6a) and the 4.9 GHz 4R's own antenna.
图6b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图,图6c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。如图6c所示,该方法包括:FIG6b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application, and FIG6c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG6c, the method includes:
601、终端设备接入2.6GHz频段如2.6GHz 4R接收。601. The terminal device accesses the 2.6GHz frequency band, such as 2.6GHz 4R reception.
可理解,关于步骤601的相关说明可以适应性地参考上述步骤501。It is understandable that the relevant description about step 601 can be adaptively referred to the above step 501.
602、终端设备上报能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收该能力信息。该能力信息可以包括:2.6GHz 4R、4.9GHz 4R的组合,4.9GHz 8R、2.6GHz 0R的组合。602. The terminal device reports capability information, and correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information. The capability information may include: a combination of 2.6GHz 4R and 4.9GHz 4R, and a combination of 4.9GHz 8R and 2.6GHz 0R.
603、在2.6GHz网络设备侧高负载(如负载大于某一门限值)时,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。603. When the 2.6 GHz network device side is highly loaded (eg, the load is greater than a certain threshold value), the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
一般来说,低频段异频测量需要启间隙(Gap),即异频测量期间原有频段的数传暂停。如图6b所示,在终端设备进行异频测量的情况下,终端设备可以下行切换至4.9GHz 4R接收。可理解,为便于简洁,因此图6b中的4.9GHz以4.9G为例,2.6GHz以2.6G为例。Generally speaking, low-frequency inter-frequency measurement requires a gap, that is, the data transmission of the original frequency band is suspended during the inter-frequency measurement. As shown in Figure 6b, when the terminal device performs inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device can switch to 4.9GHz 4R reception in the downlink. It can be understood that for the sake of simplicity, 4.9GHz in Figure 6b takes 4.9G as an example, and 2.6GHz takes 2.6G as an example.
604、终端设备上报4.9GHz频段的测量结果。604. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
605、在近点有4.9GHz覆盖的区域,若4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则通过RRC信令指示为该终端设备添加4.9GHz频段辅载波。605. In an area with 4.9 GHz coverage at a near point, if the RSRP measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, a 4.9 GHz frequency band auxiliary carrier is added to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
可理解,步骤605还可以理解为:网络设备基于终端设备上报的RSRP向终端设备发送RRC信令,该RRC信令可以用于指示终端设备添加4.9GHz频段。对应的,终端设备接收该RRC信令。 It is understandable that step 605 can also be understood as: the network device sends an RRC signaling to the terminal device based on the RSRP reported by the terminal device, and the RRC signaling can be used to instruct the terminal device to add the 4.9 GHz frequency band. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC signaling.
可理解,这里所示的RRC信令仅为示例,如RRC信令还可以替换为DCI。It can be understood that the RRC signaling shown here is only an example, and the RRC signaling can also be replaced by DCI.
606、终端设备切换至2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R。606. The terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R.
如图6b所示,终端设备添加4.9GHz频段之后,该终端设备是2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R接收,增加了终端侧下行接收带宽,缓解终端侧高负载。As shown in Figure 6b, after the terminal device adds the 4.9GHz frequency band, the terminal device uses 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R reception, which increases the downlink receiving bandwidth on the terminal side and alleviates the high load on the terminal side.
607、在4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。607. When the RSRP of the measurement result in the 4.9 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
可理解,步骤607中的RSRP门限值与步骤605中的RSRP门限值可以相同,也可以不同,如步骤607中的RSRP门限值可以大于步骤605中的RSRP门限值。It is understandable that the RSRP threshold value in step 607 may be the same as or different from the RSRP threshold value in step 605 . For example, the RSRP threshold value in step 607 may be greater than the RSRP threshold value in step 605 .
608、终端设备基于DCI切换至4.9G 8R+2.6G 0R。608. The terminal device switches to 4.9G 8R+2.6G 0R based on DCI.
示例性的,该DCI可以包括切换信息,该切换信息可以用于指示终端设备切换至4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R。示例性的,该DCI可以包括用于如下信息:用于指示终端设备继续释放(相对于步骤606来说)2.6GHz低频段使用的RFIC资源给4.9GHz频段使用;使能终端设备由2.6G 4R+4.9GHz 4R接收切换为4.9G 8R接收的信息。由此,终端设备可以进一步将2.6GHz负载卸载到4.9GHz,提升4.9GHz用户下行覆盖及数据流数,提升用户体验。Exemplarily, the DCI may include switching information, which may be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R. Exemplarily, the DCI may include the following information: information used to instruct the terminal device to continue to release (relative to step 606) the RFIC resources used in the 2.6GHz low frequency band for use in the 4.9GHz band; information to enable the terminal device to switch from 2.6G 4R+4.9GHz 4R reception to 4.9G 8R reception. As a result, the terminal device can further unload the 2.6GHz load to 4.9GHz, improve the downlink coverage and data flow number of 4.9GHz users, and improve the user experience.
可理解,由于2.6GHz低频段基站释放了近点的调度用户,此时低频段2.6GHz基站可主要调度服务中远点无4.9GHz覆盖区域的终端,由此可缓解由于2.6GHz低频站点下大量用户引起的高负载,所带来的用户调度阻塞。It is understandable that since the 2.6GHz low-frequency band base station releases the scheduled users at nearby points, the low-frequency band 2.6GHz base station can now mainly schedule and serve terminals in the mid- and far-point areas without 4.9GHz coverage, thereby alleviating the user scheduling congestion caused by the high load caused by a large number of users at the 2.6GHz low-frequency site.
609、在4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP小于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。609. When the RSRP of the measurement result in the 4.9 GHz frequency band is less than the RSRP threshold value, the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
示例性的,当近点的4.9GHz 8R接收终端移动至中远点时,若终端设备上报的4.9GHz频段测量结果RSRP<RSRP门限值,则网络设备可以指示终端设备启动异频测量。For example, when a 4.9GHz 8R receiving terminal at a near point moves to a medium or far point, if the 4.9GHz frequency band measurement result RSRP reported by the terminal device is less than the RSRP threshold value, the network device can instruct the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
可理解,终端设备从4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R切换到2.6GHz 4R时,2.6GHz 4R用于信号质量的测量。可选地,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量的情况下,该终端设备可以自动切换至2.6GHz 4R,如释放4.9GHz的部分RFIC资源给2.6GHz使用。可选地,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量的情况下,网络设备还可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放4.9GHz的部分RFIC资源给低频段2.6GHz使用,以及终端设备的下行切换至2.6GHz 4R。It can be understood that when the terminal device switches from 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R to 2.6GHz 4R, 2.6GHz 4R is used to measure the signal quality. Optionally, when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device can automatically switch to 2.6GHz 4R, such as releasing part of the 4.9GHz RFIC resources for 2.6GHz use. Optionally, when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the network device can also instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the 4.9GHz RFIC resources for the low-frequency band 2.6GHz use, and the downlink of the terminal device is switched to 2.6GHz 4R.
关于异频测量的说明可以参考图5c或者参考步骤603。For the description of inter-frequency measurement, please refer to FIG. 5 c or step 603 .
610、终端设备上报2.6GHz频段的测量结果。610. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the 2.6 GHz frequency band.
611、在2.6GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。611. When the measurement result RSRP in the 2.6 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
该DCI可以包括切换信息,如该DCI可以用于指示终端设备进行频段组合的切换。又如DCI可以用于指示终端设备释放4.9GHz频段的RFIC资源给2.6GHz低频段使用,由此终端设备下行可以切换至2.6GHz 4R接收。步骤609中终端设备切换至2.6GHz 4R时是用于信号质量的测量,而步骤611所指示切换的2.6GHz 4R是用于下行信号接收。The DCI may include switching information, such as the DCI may be used to instruct the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination. For another example, the DCI may be used to instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band for use in the 2.6GHz low-frequency band, so that the terminal device can switch to 2.6GHz 4R for downlink reception. When the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R in step 609, it is used to measure the signal quality, and the 2.6GHz 4R switched as indicated in step 611 is used for downlink signal reception.
612、终端设备基于DCI切换至2.6GHz 4R。612. The terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R based on DCI.
可理解,若终端设备上报的2.6GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则网络设备可以指示该终端设备切换接入至2.6GHz频段4R接收,避免4.9GHz覆盖逐渐变差,甚至无覆盖时终端掉话。It can be understood that if the measurement result RSRP of the 2.6GHz frequency band reported by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch access to the 2.6GHz frequency band 4R reception to avoid the gradual deterioration of 4.9GHz coverage or even terminal dropped calls when there is no coverage.
可理解,如图6b和图6c所示,信号质量减弱的情况下,终端设备可以从4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R切换至2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R的组合。对应的,在信号质量增强的情况下,终端设备可以切换至4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R。图6b和图6c仅示例性地示出了终端设备从近点移动到中远点的情况,对于终端设备从中远点移动到近点的情况可以适应性地参考图6b和图6c,这里不再详述。可理解,图6c中未详细描述的地方可以参考上文。It is understandable that, as shown in Figures 6b and 6c, when the signal quality is weakened, the terminal device can switch from 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R to a combination of 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R. Correspondingly, when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can switch to 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz 0R. Figures 6b and 6c only exemplarily show the situation where the terminal device moves from a near point to a medium and far point. For the situation where the terminal device moves from a medium and far point to a near point, you can adaptively refer to Figures 6b and 6c, which will not be described in detail here. It is understandable that the places not described in detail in Figure 6c can refer to the above.
示例三Example 3
如图7a所示,为实现2.6GHz频段的下行8R接收,终端设备可以满足如下至少一项:4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC设计;2.6GHz有独立的4R天线,4.9GHz 4R天线与2.6GHz 4R天线共天线设计(如设计为双谐振点天线);新增2.6GHz 4R对应的RFFE。如图7a所示,4.9GHz与2.6GHz可以共享BBIC资源、RFIC资源,以及2.6GHz 4R天线与4.9GHz 4R天线共天线设计,由此4.9GHz频段可以在相应条件下可以释放(也可以理解为通过如图7a所示的开关切换)RFIC通道资源给2.6GHz频段使用,以及2.6GHz 频段可以通过共享的天线(如图7a所示的4.9GHz 4R&2.6GHz 4R)以及2.6GHz 4R自身的天线实现下行8R的接收能力。As shown in Figure 7a, to achieve downlink 8R reception in the 2.6GHz band, the terminal device can meet at least one of the following requirements: 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz bands share the RFIC design; 2.6GHz has an independent 4R antenna, and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design (such as a dual-resonance point antenna); a new RFFE corresponding to the 2.6GHz 4R is added. As shown in Figure 7a, 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz can share BBIC resources, RFIC resources, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design. Therefore, the 4.9GHz band can release (can also be understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 7a) RFIC channel resources for the 2.6GHz band under corresponding conditions, and the 2.6GHz The frequency band can achieve the downlink 8R reception capability through a shared antenna (4.9GHz 4R & 2.6GHz 4R as shown in Figure 7a) and the 2.6GHz 4R's own antenna.
图7b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图,图7c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。如图7c所示,该方法包括:FIG7b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application, and FIG7c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG7c, the method includes:
701、终端设备接入2.6GHz频段如2.6GHz 4R接收。701. The terminal device accesses the 2.6GHz frequency band, such as 2.6GHz 4R reception.
关于步骤701的说明可以适应性地参考步骤501。The description of step 701 may refer to step 501 as appropriate.
702、终端设备上报能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收该能力信息。该能力信息可以包括:2.6GHz 4R、4.9GHz 4R的组合,2.6GHz 8R、4.9GHz 0R的组合。702. The terminal device reports capability information, and the network device receives the capability information accordingly. The capability information may include: a combination of 2.6GHz 4R and 4.9GHz 4R, and a combination of 2.6GHz 8R and 4.9GHz 0R.
703、在2.6GHz网络设备侧高负载(如负载大于某一门限值)时,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。703. When the 2.6 GHz network device side is highly loaded (eg, the load is greater than a certain threshold value), the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
可理解,关于步骤703的说明可以参考步骤603,这里不再详述。It is understandable that the description of step 703 can refer to step 603, which will not be described in detail here.
704、终端设备上报4.9GHz频段的测量结果。704. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
705、在近点有4.9GHz覆盖的区域,若4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则通过RRC信令指示为该终端设备添加4.9GHz频段辅载波(如CA技术)。705. In an area with 4.9 GHz coverage at a near point, if the RSRP measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, a 4.9 GHz frequency band auxiliary carrier is added to the terminal device through RRC signaling (such as CA technology).
可理解,关于步骤705的说明可以参考步骤605,这里不再详述。It is understandable that the description of step 705 can refer to step 605, which will not be described in detail here.
706、终端设备切换至2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R。706. The terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R.
如图7b所示,终端设备添加4.9GHz频段之后,该终端设备是2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R接收,增加了终端侧下行接收带宽,缓解终端侧高负载。As shown in Figure 7b, after the terminal device adds the 4.9GHz frequency band, the terminal device uses 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R reception, which increases the downlink receiving bandwidth on the terminal side and alleviates the high load on the terminal side.
707、在4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP小于RSRP门限值,则网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。707. If the RSRP of the measurement result in the 4.9 GHz frequency band is less than the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
示例性的,当近点的2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R接收终端移动至中远点时,若终端设备上报的4.9GHz频段测量结果RSRP小于RSRP门限值,则网络设备可以指示终端设备进行频段组合的切换,如向终端设备发送DCI。For example, when a 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R receiving terminal at a near point moves to a medium or far point, if the 4.9GHz frequency band measurement result RSRP reported by the terminal device is less than the RSRP threshold value, the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination, such as sending DCI to the terminal device.
示例性的,网络设备可以通过DCI指示删除信号质量较差的4.9GHz频段辅载波。或者,网络设备可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放4.9GHz频段RFIC资源给2.6GHz低频段使用,由此终端设备下行由2.6GHz4R切换至2.6GHz 8R接收,进一步提升中远点覆盖及用户下行体验。For example, the network device can instruct the deletion of the 4.9GHz band auxiliary carrier with poor signal quality through DCI. Alternatively, the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the 4.9GHz band RFIC resources for the 2.6GHz low frequency band through DCI, so that the terminal device switches the downlink reception from 2.6GHz4R to 2.6GHz8R, further improving the mid- and long-range coverage and the user downlink experience.
708、终端设备基于DCI切换至4.9GHz 0R+2.6GHz 8R。708. The terminal device switches to 4.9GHz 0R+2.6GHz 8R based on DCI.
可理解,如图7b和图7c所示,信号质量减弱的情况下,终端设备可以切换至2.6GHz 8R+4.9GHz 0R的组合,即高频段4.9GHz的接收通道数小于2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R的组合中高频段4.9GHz的接收通道数,低频段2.6GHz的接收通道数大于2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R的组合中低频段2.6GHz的接收通道数。对应的,在信号质量增强的情况下,终端设备可以切换至4.9GHz 4R+2.6GHz 4R。图7b和图7c仅示例性地示出了终端设备从近点移动到中远点的情况,对于终端设备从中远点移动到近点的情况可以适应性地参考图6b和图6c,这里不再详述。可理解,图7c中未详细描述的地方可以参考上文。It is understandable that, as shown in FIG. 7b and FIG. 7c, when the signal quality is weakened, the terminal device can switch to the combination of 2.6GHz 8R + 4.9GHz 0R, that is, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band 4.9GHz is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band 4.9GHz in the combination of 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R, and the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band 2.6GHz is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band 2.6GHz in the combination of 2.6GHz 4R + 4.9GHz 4R. Correspondingly, when the signal quality is enhanced, the terminal device can switch to 4.9GHz 4R + 2.6GHz 4R. FIG. 7b and FIG. 7c only exemplarily show the situation where the terminal device moves from a near point to a medium and far point. For the situation where the terminal device moves from a medium and far point to a near point, FIG. 6b and FIG. 6c can be adaptively referred to, and no further details are given here. It is understandable that the places not described in detail in FIG. 7c can be referred to above.
示例四Example 4
如图8a所示,为实现2.6GHz频段的下行8R接收,以及4.9GHz频段的下行8R接收,终端设备可以满足如下至少一项:4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC设计;2.6GHz与4.9GHz均有独立的4R天线,以及2.6GHz 4R天线与4.9GHz 4R天线共天线设计(设计为双谐振点天线)(如图8b中的虚线位置);新增2.6GHz对应的RFFE及4.9GHz 4R对应的RFFE(如图8b中的虚线位置)。如图8a所示,4.9GHz与2.6GHz可以共享BBIC资源、RFIC资源,以及2.6GHz 4R天线与4.9GHz 4R天线共天线设计,由此4.9GHz频段可以在相应条件下可以释放(也可以理解为通过如图8a所示的开关切换)RFIC通道资源给2.6GHz频段使用,以及2.6GHz频段可以通过共享的天线(如图8a所示的4.9GHz 4R&2.6GHz 4R)以及2.6GHz 4R自身的天线实现下行8R的接收能力,以及2.6GHz频段可以在相应条件下可以释放(也可以理解为通过如图8a所示的开关切换)RFIC通道资源给4.9GHz频段使用,以及4.9GHz频段可以通过共享的天线(如图8a所示的4.9GHz 4R&2.6GHz 4R)以及4.9GHz 4R自身的天线实现下行8R的接收能力。As shown in Figure 8a, to achieve downlink 8R reception in the 2.6 GHz band and downlink 8R reception in the 4.9 GHz band, the terminal device can meet at least one of the following conditions: a common RFIC design for the 4.9 GHz band and the 2.6 GHz band; independent 4R antennas for both 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz, and a common antenna design for the 2.6 GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9 GHz 4R antenna (designed as a dual resonance point antenna) (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 8b); and a new RFFE corresponding to 2.6 GHz and a new RFFE corresponding to 4.9 GHz 4R (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 8b). As shown in Figure 8a, 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz can share BBIC resources, RFIC resources, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna share the same antenna design, so that the 4.9GHz band can release (also understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 8a) RFIC channel resources for the 2.6GHz band to use under corresponding conditions, and the 2.6GHz band can achieve the downlink 8R receiving capability through the shared antenna (4.9GHz 4R & 2.6GHz 4R as shown in Figure 8a) and the 2.6GHz 4R's own antenna, and the 2.6GHz band can release (also understood as switching through the switch as shown in Figure 8a) RFIC channel resources for the 4.9GHz band to use under corresponding conditions, and the 4.9GHz band can achieve the downlink 8R receiving capability through the shared antenna (4.9GHz 4R & 2.6GHz 4R as shown in Figure 8a) and the 4.9GHz 4R's own antenna.
图8b是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的场景示意图,图8c是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图。如图8c所示,该方法包括:FIG8b is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application, and FIG8c is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8c, the method includes:
801、终端设备接入2.6GHz频段如2.6GHz 4R接收。801. The terminal device accesses the 2.6GHz frequency band, such as 2.6GHz 4R reception.
802、终端设备上报能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收该能力信息。该能力信息可以是终端设备下行 不同频段组合下的接收通道处理能力,如2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R的组合,2.6GHz 8R+4.9GHz 0R的组合,4.9GHz8R+2.6GHz 0R的组合等。802. The terminal device reports capability information, and the network device receives the capability information. The capability information may be The receiving channel processing capabilities under different frequency band combinations, such as the combination of 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R, the combination of 2.6GHz 8R+4.9GHz 0R, the combination of 4.9GHz8R+2.6GHz 0R, etc.
803、在2.6GHz网络设备侧高负载(如负载大于某一门限值)时,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。803. When the 2.6 GHz network device side is highly loaded (eg, the load is greater than a certain threshold value), the network device instructs the terminal device to start heterofrequency measurement.
关于步骤803的说明可以参考步骤603或步骤703,这里不再详述。For the description of step 803, please refer to step 603 or step 703, which will not be described in detail here.
804、终端设备上报4.9GHz频段的测量结果。804. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band.
805、在近点有4.9GHz覆盖的区域,若4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则通过RRC信令指示为该终端设备添加4.9GHz频段辅载波(如CA技术)。805. In an area with 4.9 GHz coverage at a near point, if the RSRP measurement result of the 4.9 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, a 4.9 GHz frequency band auxiliary carrier (such as CA technology) is added to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
关于步骤805的说明可以参考步骤605或步骤705的说明,这里不再详述。For the description of step 805, please refer to the description of step 605 or step 705, which will not be described in detail here.
806、终端设备切换至2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R。806. The terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R.
807、在4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。807. When the RSRP of the measurement result in the 4.9 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
关于步骤807的说明可以参考步骤607,这里不再详述。如步骤807中的RSRP门限值与步骤805中的RSRP门限值可能会不同。For the description of step 807, reference may be made to step 607, which will not be described in detail here. For example, the RSRP threshold value in step 807 may be different from the RSRP threshold value in step 805.
808、终端设备基于DCI切换至4.9G 8R+2.6G 0R。808. The terminal device switches to 4.9G 8R+2.6G 0R based on DCI.
示例性的,终端设备切换至2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R之后,网络设备可以通过DCI指示该终端设备继续释放2.6GHz低频段使用的RFIC资源给4.9GHz频段使用,使能该终端设备由2.6G 4R+4.9GHz 4R接收切换为4.9G 8R接收,进一步将2.6GHz频段的负载卸载到4.9GHz频段,同时提升4.9GHz频段用户下行覆盖及数据流数,提升用户体验。For example, after the terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R+4.9GHz 4R, the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to continue to release the RFIC resources used in the 2.6GHz low frequency band for use in the 4.9GHz band, enabling the terminal device to switch from 2.6G 4R+4.9GHz 4R reception to 4.9G 8R reception, further unloading the load of the 2.6GHz band to the 4.9GHz band, while improving the downlink coverage and number of data streams of users in the 4.9GHz band, thereby improving the user experience.
可理解,由于2.6GHz低频段基站释放了近点的调度用户,此时低频段基站可主要调度服务中远点无4.9GHz覆盖区域的终端,由此可缓解由于2.6GHz低频站点下大量用户引起的高负载,所带来的用户调度阻塞。It is understandable that since the 2.6GHz low-frequency band base station releases the scheduled users at the nearby points, the low-frequency band base station can now mainly schedule and serve the terminals in the mid- and far-point areas without 4.9GHz coverage, thereby alleviating the user scheduling congestion caused by the high load caused by a large number of users at the 2.6GHz low-frequency site.
809、在4.9GHz频段的测量结果RSRP小于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量。809. When the RSRP of the measurement result in the 4.9 GHz frequency band is less than the RSRP threshold value, the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement.
关于步骤809的说明可以参考步骤609,这里不再详述。示例性的,终端设备可以从4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz0R切换到2.6GHz 4R,此时2.6GHz 4R是用于信号质量测量。即终端设备可以释放4.9GHz频段的部分RFIC资源给2.6GHz频段使用。若2.6GHz的信号质量大于RSRP门限值,则可发起向2.6GHz的异频切换(如下文所示的步骤811),之后2.6GHz 4R用于下行数据接收。可选地,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量的情况下,该终端设备可以自动切换至2.6GHz 4R,如释放4.9GHz的部分RFIC资源给2.6GHz使用。可选地,网络设备指示终端设备启动异频测量的情况下,网络设备还可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放4.9GHz的部分RFIC资源给低频段2.6GHz使用,以及终端设备的下行切换至2.6GHz 4R。For the description of step 809, please refer to step 609, which will not be described in detail here. Exemplarily, the terminal device can switch from 4.9GHz 8R+2.6GHz0R to 2.6GHz 4R, and 2.6GHz 4R is used for signal quality measurement. That is, the terminal device can release part of the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band for use in the 2.6GHz band. If the signal quality of 2.6GHz is greater than the RSRP threshold value, an inter-frequency switch to 2.6GHz can be initiated (as shown in step 811 below), and then 2.6GHz 4R is used for downlink data reception. Optionally, when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the terminal device can automatically switch to 2.6GHz 4R, such as releasing part of the RFIC resources of 4.9GHz for use in 2.6GHz. Optionally, when the network device instructs the terminal device to start inter-frequency measurement, the network device can also instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the RFIC resources of 4.9GHz for use in the low-frequency band 2.6GHz, and the downlink of the terminal device is switched to 2.6GHz 4R.
810、终端设备上报2.6GHz频段的测量结果。810. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the 2.6 GHz frequency band.
811、在2.6GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。811. When the RSRP of the measurement result in the 2.6 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
若终端设备上报的2.6GHz低频段测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值,则网络设备指示该终端设备切换接入至2.6GHz低频段4R接收(避免4.9GHz覆盖逐渐变差,甚至无覆盖时终端掉话)。If the 2.6GHz low frequency band measurement result RSRP reported by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device instructs the terminal device to switch access to the 2.6GHz low frequency band 4R reception (to avoid the gradual deterioration of 4.9GHz coverage or even terminal dropped calls when there is no coverage).
812、终端设备基于DCI切换至2.6GHz 4R。812. The terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 4R based on DCI.
813、在2.6GHz频段的测量结果RSRP大于或等于RSRP门限值的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI,对应的,终端设备接收该DCI。813. When the RSRP of the measurement result in the 2.6 GHz frequency band is greater than or equal to the RSRP threshold value, the network device sends a DCI to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
814、终端设备基于DCI切换至2.6GHz 8R。814. The terminal device switches to 2.6GHz 8R based on DCI.
网络设备通过DCI指示终端设备继续释放4.9GHz频段使用的RFIC资源给2.6GHz低频段使用,使能该终端侧2.6GHz频段由4R接收切换为8R接收,进一步提升用户下行覆盖,提升用户下行体验。The network device instructs the terminal device through DCI to continue releasing the RFIC resources used in the 4.9GHz frequency band for use in the 2.6GHz low-frequency band, enabling the 2.6GHz frequency band on the terminal side to switch from 4R reception to 8R reception, further improving the user's downlink coverage and improving the user's downlink experience.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种接收通道的结构示意图。如图9所示,终端设备可以实现如下至少一项:2.6GHz频段的下行8R接收、4.9GHz频段的下行8R接收、毫米波频段的下行4R接收。如图9所示,该终端设备可以满足如下至少一项:4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC设计;2.6GHz与4.9GHz均有独立的4R天线,以及2.6GHz 4R天线与4.9GHz 4R天线共天线设计(设计为双谐振点天线)(如图9中的虚线位置);新增2.6GHz对应的RFFE及4.9GHz 4R对应的RFFE(如图9中的虚线位置);毫米波频段对应至少3个AIP。可理解,关于图9的说明可以参考图5a、图6a、图7a和图8a的相关描述,这里不再详述。 Figure 9 is a structural diagram of a receiving channel provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the terminal device can implement at least one of the following: downlink 8R reception in the 2.6GHz band, downlink 8R reception in the 4.9GHz band, and downlink 4R reception in the millimeter wave band. As shown in Figure 9, the terminal device can meet at least one of the following: RFIC design for the 4.9GHz band and the 2.6GHz band; 2.6GHz and 4.9GHz both have independent 4R antennas, and the 2.6GHz 4R antenna and the 4.9GHz 4R antenna share the antenna design (designed as a dual resonance point antenna) (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 9); add the RFFE corresponding to 2.6GHz and the RFFE corresponding to 4.9GHz 4R (as shown in the dotted line position in Figure 9); the millimeter wave band corresponds to at least 3 AIPs. It can be understood that the description of Figure 9 can refer to the relevant descriptions of Figures 5a, 6a, 7a and 8a, which will not be described in detail here.
可理解,在以上所示的示例二至示例四的基础上,本申请实施例还提供了一种在CA或DC场景下基于不同频段不同时隙配比场景下的下行接收通道数动态切换。It can be understood that, based on Examples 2 to 4 shown above, the embodiments of the present application also provide a method for dynamically switching the number of downlink receiving channels in different frequency bands and time slot ratio scenarios in a CA or DC scenario.
一般来说,基于多频段下行载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)技术或双连接(dual connectivity,DC)技术,终端设备可以同时利用更多频段更大带宽进行数据的发送和/或接收,从而有效提升了下行用户体验。因此,本申请实施例基于上述示例二至示例四,结合不同频段间时隙配比差异,有效实现了在DC或CA场景下终端设备进行资源共享,灵活8R增强接收,进一步提升用户体验。图10是本申请实施例提供的一种频段切换方法的流程示意图,如图10所示,该方法包括:Generally speaking, based on multi-band downlink carrier aggregation (CA) technology or dual connectivity (DC) technology, terminal devices can simultaneously use more frequency bands and larger bandwidths to send and/or receive data, thereby effectively improving the downlink user experience. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application are based on the above-mentioned examples 2 to 4, combined with the differences in time slot ratios between different frequency bands, to effectively achieve resource sharing of terminal devices in DC or CA scenarios, flexible 8R enhanced reception, and further improve user experience. Figure 10 is a flow chart of a frequency band switching method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the method includes:
1001、终端设备上报能力信息,对应的,网络设备接收该能力信息。该能力信息包括至少两个频段组合,该至少两个频段组合分别包括至少两个频段的接收通道数。1001. A terminal device reports capability information, and a network device receives the capability information accordingly. The capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, and the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands.
1002、在第一时间单元上基于频段组合中的第一频段接收下行信号,且在该第一时间单元上该频段组合中的第二频段用于发送上行信号,第一频段的接收通道数大于4。1002. Receive a downlink signal based on a first frequency band in a frequency band combination in a first time unit, and use a second frequency band in the frequency band combination to send an uplink signal in the first time unit, and the number of receiving channels of the first frequency band is greater than 4.
可选地,终端设备可以基于切换信息,基于该切换信息执行上述步骤1002。关于切换信息的说明可以参考上文。本申请实施例提供的方法可以与上文图3、图4a、图4b、以及示例一至示例四结合,这里不再详述。Optionally, the terminal device may perform the above step 1002 based on the switching information. For the description of the switching information, please refer to the above. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be combined with Figure 3, Figure 4a, Figure 4b, and Examples 1 to 4 above, which will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,第一频段可以为频段组合中的任意一个频段,第二频段可以为该频段组合中除第一频段之外的其他频段。示例性的,在频段组合中包括两个频段的情况下,第一频段可以为频段组合中的高频段,第二频段可以为该频段组合中的低频段;或者,该第一频段可以为频段组合中的低频段,第二频段可以为该频段组合中的高频段。In the embodiment of the present application, the first frequency band may be any frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second frequency band may be other frequency bands in the frequency band combination except the first frequency band. Exemplarily, when the frequency band combination includes two frequency bands, the first frequency band may be a high frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second frequency band may be a low frequency band in the frequency band combination; or, the first frequency band may be a low frequency band in the frequency band combination, and the second frequency band may be a high frequency band in the frequency band combination.
第一时间单元可以以时隙为单位,或者,以正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号为单位等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。如以时隙为单位时,该第一时间单元可以理解为第一频段处于下行接收时隙且第二频段处于上行发送时隙时所对应的时隙。在第一时间单元内第一频段的接收通道数大于4。如一般来说,小于6GHz频段或小于3GHz频段的接收通道数最大为4,然而,通过本申请实施例,小于6GHz频段或小于3GHz频段的接收通道数可以大于4,如为8,如上文图6a、图7a、图8a和图9。The first time unit may be in units of time slots, or in units of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. If the time slot is used as a unit, the first time unit may be understood as a time slot corresponding to when the first frequency band is in a downlink receiving time slot and the second frequency band is in an uplink transmitting time slot. The number of receiving channels of the first frequency band within the first time unit is greater than 4. Generally speaking, the number of receiving channels of a frequency band less than 6 GHz or less than 3 GHz is a maximum of 4. However, through the embodiments of the present application, the number of receiving channels of a frequency band less than 6 GHz or less than 3 GHz may be greater than 4, such as 8, as shown in Figures 6a, 7a, 8a and 9 above.
以下以图6a所示的接收通道、图7a所示的接收通道以及图8a所示的接收通道为例。如图11所示,以2.6GHz与4.9GHz做DC或CA为例。图11中的(a)可以理解为终端设备中2.6GHz频段与4.9GHz频段分离设计,如图2b中的相关描述。图11中的(b)可以理解为4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC和共天线设计,以及新增4.9GHz 4R对应的RFFE,如图6a中的相关描述。如图11中的(b)所示,网络设备可以指示终端设备释放2.6GHz频段的RFIC资源(或RFIC通道资源等)(如上文所示的切换信息),从而实现4.9GHz 8R接收。图11中的(c)可以理解为4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC和共天线设计,以及新增2.6GHz 4R对应的RFFE,如图7a中的相关描述。如图11中的(c)所示,网络设备可以指示终端设备释放4.9GHz频段的RFIC资源,从而实现2.6GHz 8R接收。图11中的(d)可以理解为4.9GHz频段与2.6GHz频段共RFIC和共天线设计,新增4.9GHz 4R对应的RFFE以及新增2.6GHz 4R对应的RFFE,如图8a中的相关描述。如图11中的(d)所示,在4.9GHz频段的覆盖范围内,网络设备可以指示终端设备释放2.6GHz频段的RFIC资源(或RFIC通道资源等)(如上文所示的切换信息),从而实现4.9GHz 8R接收。在4.9GHz频段的覆盖范围内且2.6GHz频段的覆盖范围内终端设备可以指示网络设备释放4.9GHz频段的RFIC资源,从而实现2.6GHz 8R接收。The following takes the receiving channel shown in FIG6a, the receiving channel shown in FIG7a, and the receiving channel shown in FIG8a as examples. As shown in FIG11, take 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz as DC or CA as an example. FIG11 (a) can be understood as the design of separation of 2.6 GHz band and 4.9 GHz band in the terminal device, as described in FIG2b. FIG11 (b) can be understood as the design of RFIC and antenna sharing between 4.9 GHz band and 2.6 GHz band, and the newly added RFFE corresponding to 4.9 GHz 4R, as described in FIG6a. As shown in FIG11 (b), the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources (or RFIC channel resources, etc.) of the 2.6 GHz band (such as the switching information shown above), so as to achieve 4.9 GHz 8R reception. FIG11 (c) can be understood as the design of RFIC and antenna sharing between 4.9 GHz band and 2.6 GHz band, and the newly added RFFE corresponding to 2.6 GHz 4R, as described in FIG7a. As shown in (c) of Figure 11, the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band, thereby achieving 2.6GHz 8R reception. Figure 11 (d) can be understood as the design of RFIC and antenna sharing between the 4.9GHz band and the 2.6GHz band, with the addition of RFFE corresponding to 4.9GHz 4R and RFFE corresponding to 2.6GHz 4R, as described in Figure 8a. As shown in (d) of Figure 11, within the coverage of the 4.9GHz band, the network device can instruct the terminal device to release the RFIC resources (or RFIC channel resources, etc.) of the 2.6GHz band (such as the switching information shown above), thereby achieving 4.9GHz 8R reception. Within the coverage of the 4.9GHz band and within the coverage of the 2.6GHz band, the terminal device can instruct the network device to release the RFIC resources of the 4.9GHz band, thereby achieving 2.6GHz 8R reception.
示例性的,图11中的D表示下行时隙,U表示上行时隙,S表示灵活时隙。可理解,图11仅示例性地示出了10个时隙,不应将图11所示的时隙数量理解为对本申请实施例的限定。示例性的,4.9GHz频段的时隙配比采用DDSUUUDDDD(下上行7:3配比),2.6GHz频段的时隙配比采用DDDDDDDSUU(下上行8:2配比)。在4.9GHz与2.6GHz交叉时隙(如一个频段是D时隙,另一个频段是U时隙)时,可以有效利用终端设备的硬件资源实现如下方案:终端设备释放U时隙所在频段的下行RFIC通道资源,给D时隙所在频段使用,从而使能D时隙所在频段下行接收从4R切换到8R增强下行接收。Exemplarily, D in Figure 11 represents a downlink time slot, U represents an uplink time slot, and S represents a flexible time slot. It is understandable that Figure 11 only shows 10 time slots by way of example, and the number of time slots shown in Figure 11 should not be understood as a limitation on the embodiments of the present application. Exemplarily, the time slot ratio of the 4.9GHz frequency band adopts DDSUUUDDDD (downlink and uplink 7:3 ratio), and the time slot ratio of the 2.6GHz frequency band adopts DDDDDDDSUU (downlink and uplink 8:2 ratio). When the 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz time slots are crossed (such as one frequency band is a D time slot and the other frequency band is a U time slot), the hardware resources of the terminal device can be effectively utilized to implement the following solution: the terminal device releases the downlink RFIC channel resources of the frequency band where the U time slot is located for use in the frequency band where the D time slot is located, thereby enabling the downlink reception of the frequency band where the D time slot is located to switch from 4R to 8R enhanced downlink reception.
以上文所示的示例四为例,在终端设备及网络设备处于DC或CA场景的情况下,终端设备可以基于2.6GHz与4.9GHz这两个频段执行下行数据接收。Taking Example 4 shown above as an example, when the terminal device and the network device are in a DC or CA scenario, the terminal device can perform downlink data reception based on the two frequency bands of 2.6 GHz and 4.9 GHz.
如图11中的(d)所示,前3个D时隙,2.6GHz与4.9GHz终端设备各分配4R接收通道。第4~6个时隙,4.9GHz处于U时隙,终端设备在该频段的下行RFIC资源此时没有使用,因此网络设备可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放该资源,给处于D时隙的2.6GHz使用,使能终端侧2.6GHz 8R增强接收。第7个时隙,4.9GHz与2.6GHz此时均是D时隙,第8个时隙,4.9GHz是D时隙,2.6GHz是S时隙,由此在第 7~8个时隙网络设备可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放2.6GHz下行RFIC部分资源给4.9GHz下行4R接收使用,实现4.9GHz与2.6GHz均4R接收。第9~10个时隙,2.6GHz处于U时隙,终端设备在该频段的下行RFIC资源此时没有使用,网络设备可以通过DCI指示终端设备释放该资源给处于D时隙的4.9GHz频段使用,使能4.9GHz频段8R增强接收。As shown in (d) of Figure 11, in the first three D time slots, 2.6GHz and 4.9GHz terminal devices are each allocated 4R receiving channels. In the 4th to 6th time slots, 4.9GHz is in the U time slot, and the terminal device's downlink RFIC resources in this frequency band are not used at this time. Therefore, the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release the resource for use by 2.6GHz in the D time slot, enabling 2.6GHz 8R enhanced reception on the terminal side. In the 7th time slot, 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz are both D time slots. In the 8th time slot, 4.9GHz is a D time slot and 2.6GHz is an S time slot. In time slots 7 to 8, the network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release part of the 2.6GHz downlink RFIC resources for 4.9GHz downlink 4R reception, thus achieving 4R reception of both 4.9GHz and 2.6GHz. In time slots 9 to 10, 2.6GHz is in the U time slot, and the terminal device does not use the downlink RFIC resources in this frequency band at this time. The network device can instruct the terminal device through DCI to release the resources for the 4.9GHz frequency band in the D time slot, thus enabling 8R enhanced reception in the 4.9GHz frequency band.
可理解,关于上文所示的示例二和示例三的说明可以参考关于图11中的(d)的相关描述,本申请实施例不再一一详述。It can be understood that the description of Example 2 and Example 3 shown above can refer to the relevant description of (d) in Figure 11, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail one by one.
可理解,在多频段联合组网的场景下,网络设备可以基于各个频段的覆盖情况、各个频段的负载情况、网络设备侧多频段不同时隙配比关系中的至少一项,确定是否需要终端设备进行频段组合的切换。从而在需要进行频段组合的切换时,网络设备可以通过DCI或RRC信令指示终端设备进行频段组合的切换。It is understandable that in the scenario of multi-band joint networking, the network device can determine whether the terminal device needs to switch the frequency band combination based on at least one of the coverage of each frequency band, the load of each frequency band, and the ratio of different time slots of multiple frequency bands on the network device side. Therefore, when the frequency band combination needs to be switched, the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the frequency band combination through DCI or RRC signaling.
本申请实施例中,通过低频段共RFIC射频通道,共天线设计,低成本实现终端侧低频段下行8R增强接收,提升下行覆盖及用户体验等问题。在多频段联合组网场景下,可以实现资源的灵活融合共享。通过高低频共RFIC设计,低频段共天线、RFIC设计,低成本实现终端设备侧高频段(如mmWave频段)下行4R增强接收,低频段(如Sub6G、Sub3G频段)下行8R接收增强。同时在多频段联合组网场景下,基于频段的覆盖、频段的负载、以及不同频段间时隙配比,实现终端设备下行接收通道能力在不同频点及通道组合之间切换;低成本实现资源的灵活融合共享前提下,提升下行用户感知速率。In the embodiment of the present application, through the low-frequency band shared RFIC radio frequency channel and shared antenna design, the low-frequency band downlink 8R enhanced reception on the terminal side is achieved at low cost, and the downlink coverage and user experience are improved. In the multi-band joint networking scenario, flexible integration and sharing of resources can be achieved. Through the high- and low-frequency shared RFIC design, low-frequency band shared antenna and RFIC design, the high-frequency band (such as mmWave band) downlink 4R enhanced reception and low-frequency band (such as Sub6G, Sub3G band) downlink 8R reception enhancement on the terminal device side are achieved at low cost. At the same time, in the multi-band joint networking scenario, based on the coverage of the frequency band, the load of the frequency band, and the time slot ratio between different frequency bands, the downlink receiving channel capability of the terminal device is switched between different frequency points and channel combinations; on the premise of realizing flexible integration and sharing of resources at low cost, the downlink user perception rate is improved.
以下将介绍本申请实施例提供的通信装置。The following is an introduction to the communication device provided in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面将结合图12至图14详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。The present application divides the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. The communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with Figures 12 to 14.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图,如图12所示,该通信装置包括处理单元1201和收发单元1202。收发单元1202可以实现相应的通信功能,处理单元1201用于进行数据处理。如收发单元1202还可以称为通信接口或通信单元等。FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG12 , the communication device includes a processing unit 1201 and a transceiver unit 1202. The transceiver unit 1202 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing unit 1201 is used for data processing. For example, the transceiver unit 1202 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作,这时,该通信装置可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件(如芯片或系统等),收发单元1202用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元1201用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备处理相关的操作。该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的步骤或功能等。In some embodiments of the present application, the communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. In this case, the communication device can be a terminal device or a component (such as a chip or system, etc.) that can be configured in the terminal device. The transceiver unit 1202 is used to perform the operations related to the transceiver of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1201 is used to perform the operations related to the processing of the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The communication device can be used to execute the steps or functions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
处理单元1201,用于通过收发单元1202上报能力信息;The processing unit 1201 is used to report capability information through the transceiver unit 1202;
收发单元1202,用于接收切换信息;The transceiver unit 1202 is used to receive the switching information;
处理单元1201,用于基于该切换信息从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。The processing unit 1201 is configured to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
可理解,处理单元1201,用于通过收发单元1202上报能力信息可以理解为:处理单元1201,可以用于确定能力信息,以及收发单元1202,可以发送该能力信息;或者,处理单元1201,用于确定能力信息,然后通过收发单元1202输出该能力信息(如输出给其他器件,以便于收发器发送该能力信息)。It can be understood that the processing unit 1201 is used to report the capability information through the transceiver unit 1202, which can be understood as: the processing unit 1201 can be used to determine the capability information, and the transceiver unit 1202 can send the capability information; or, the processing unit 1201 is used to determine the capability information and then output the capability information through the transceiver unit 1202 (such as outputting it to other devices so that the transceiver can send the capability information).
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元1201,还用于释放第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道。在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元1201,还用于将第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的低频段中的接收通道。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1201 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1201 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
这里所示的处理单元1201的具体说明可以参考上文关于信号质量减弱的相关描述,这里不再详述。For the specific description of the processing unit 1201 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on the reduction of signal quality, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元1201,还用于释放第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道。在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元1201,还用于将第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1201 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1201 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
这里所示的处理单元1201的具体说明可以参考上文关于信号质量增强的相关描述,这里不再详述。For the specific description of the processing unit 1201 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on signal quality enhancement, which will not be described in detail here.
可选地,该通信装置还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元1201可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。示例性的,存储单元可以用于存储能力信息。Optionally, the communication device may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 1201 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment. Exemplarily, the storage unit may be used to store capability information.
复用图12,在本申请的另一些实施例中,该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作,这时,该通信装置可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件,收发单元1202用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元1201用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备处理相关 的操作。该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的步骤或功能等。In other embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be used to execute the actions executed by the network device in the above method embodiment. In this case, the communication device may be a network device or a component that can be configured in the network device. The transceiver unit 1202 is used to execute the operations related to the transceiver of the network device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1201 is used to execute the operations related to the processing of the network device in the above method embodiment. The communication device can be used to execute the steps or functions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
收发单元1202,用于接收能力信息;以及发送切换信息。The transceiver unit 1202 is configured to receive capability information and send switching information.
示例性的,处理单元1201,用于对接收到的能力信息进行解析,从而获得终端设备所支持的频段组合。示例性的,处理单元1201,还用于基于频段组合中频段的负载情况、覆盖范围、时隙配比中的至少一项确定切换信息。Exemplarily, the processing unit 1201 is used to parse the received capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device. Exemplarily, the processing unit 1201 is also used to determine the switching information based on at least one of the load condition, coverage, and time slot ratio of the frequency band in the frequency band combination.
可选地,该通信装置还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元1201可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。示例性的,存储单元可以用于存储能力信息。Optionally, the communication device may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 1201 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment. Exemplarily, the storage unit may be used to store capability information.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3至图11),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific description of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application is only an example. For the specific functions or execution steps of the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above-mentioned method embodiments (such as Figures 3 to 11), which will not be described in detail here.
可理解,关于能力信息、切换信息、第一频段组合、第二频段组合、信号质量增强、信号质量减弱等的说明可以参考上述方法实施例,这里不再详述。It is understandable that the description of capability information, switching information, first frequency band combination, second frequency band combination, signal quality enhancement, signal quality reduction, etc. can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be described in detail here.
以上介绍了本申请实施例的通信装置,以下介绍所述通信装置可能的产品形态。应理解,但凡具备上述图12所述的通信装置的功能的任何形态的产品,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。The communication device of the embodiment of the present application is introduced above, and the possible product forms of the communication device are introduced below. It should be understood that any product having the functions of the communication device described in FIG. 12 above falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,图12所示的通信装置中,处理单元1201可以是一个或多个处理器,收发单元1202可以是收发器,或者收发单元1202还可以是发送单元和接收单元,发送单元可以是发送器,接收单元可以是接收器,该发送单元和接收单元集成于一个器件,例如收发器。本申请实施例中,处理器和收发器可以被耦合等,对于处理器和收发器的连接方式,本申请实施例不作限定。在执行上述方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送信息的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程。在输出上述信息时,处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该上述信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,上述方法中有关接收信息的过程,可以理解为处理器接收输入的上述信息的过程。处理器接收输入的信息时,收发器接收该上述信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该上述信息之后,该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In a possible implementation, in the communication device shown in FIG. 12, the processing unit 1201 may be one or more processors, the transceiver unit 1202 may be a transceiver, or the transceiver unit 1202 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit, the sending unit may be a transmitter, the receiving unit may be a receiver, and the sending unit and the receiving unit are integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. In the embodiment of the present application, the processor and the transceiver may be coupled, etc., and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection mode of the processor and the transceiver. In the process of executing the above method, the process of sending information in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting the above information by the processor. When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver so that it is transmitted by the transceiver. After the above information is output by the processor, it may also need to be processed in other ways before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, the process of receiving information in the above method can be understood as the process of the processor receiving the input information. When the processor receives the input information, the transceiver receives the above information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to be processed in other ways before it is input into the processor.
如图13所示,该通信装置130包括一个或多个处理器1320和收发器1310。As shown in FIG. 13 , the communication device 130 includes one or more processors 1320 and a transceiver 1310 .
示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述终端设备执行的步骤或方法或功能时,处理器1320,用于通过收发器1310上报能力信息;收发器1310,用于接收切换信息;处理器1320,用于基于该切换信息从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to execute the steps, methods or functions performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, the processor 1320 is used to report capability information through the transceiver 1310; the transceiver 1310 is used to receive switching information; the processor 1320 is used to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
可理解,处理器1320,用于通过收发器1310上报能力信息可以理解为:处理器1320,可以用于确定能力信息,以及收发器1310,可以发送该能力信息。It can be understood that the processor 1320 is used to report the capability information through the transceiver 1310 can be understood as: the processor 1320 can be used to determine the capability information, and the transceiver 1310 can send the capability information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器1320,还用于释放第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道。在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器1320,还用于将第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的低频段中的接收通道。In a possible implementation, the processor 1320 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processor 1320 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
这里所示的处理器1320的具体说明可以参考上文关于信号质量减弱的相关描述,这里不再详述。For the specific description of the processor 1320 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on the reduction of signal quality, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器1320,还用于释放第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道。在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器1320,还用于将第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道。In a possible implementation, the processor 1320 is further configured to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the processor 1320 is further configured to convert one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
这里所示的处理器1320的具体说明可以参考上文关于信号质量增强的相关描述,这里不再详述。For the specific description of the processor 1320 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on signal quality enhancement, which will not be described in detail here.
示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述网络设备执行的步骤或方法或功能时,收发器1310,用于接收能力信息;以及发送切换信息。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to execute the steps, methods or functions executed by the above-mentioned network device, the transceiver 1310 is used to receive capability information; and send switching information.
示例性的,处理器1320,用于对接收到的能力信息进行解析,从而获得终端设备所支持的频段组合。示例性的,处理器1320,还用于基于频段组合中频段的负载情况、覆盖范围、时隙配比中的至少一项确定切换信息。Exemplarily, the processor 1320 is used to parse the received capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device. Exemplarily, the processor 1320 is also used to determine the switching information based on at least one of the load condition, coverage, and time slot ratio of the frequency band in the frequency band combination.
可理解,对于处理器和收发器的具体说明还可以参考图12所示的处理单元和收发单元的介绍,这里不再赘述。关于能力信息、切换信息、第一频段组合、第二频段组合、信号质量增强、信号质量减弱等的说明可以参考上述方法实施例,这里不再详述。It is understandable that for the specific description of the processor and the transceiver, reference can also be made to the description of the processing unit and the transceiver unit shown in FIG12, which will not be repeated here. For the description of capability information, switching information, first frequency band combination, second frequency band combination, signal quality enhancement, signal quality reduction, etc., reference can be made to the above method embodiment, which will not be described in detail here.
在图13所示的通信装置的各个实现方式中,收发器可以包括接收机和发射机,该接收机用于执行接收的功能(或操作),该发射机用于执行发射的功能(或操作)。以及收发器用于通过传输介质和其他设备/装置进行通信。 In various implementations of the communication device shown in FIG13 , the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, wherein the receiver is used to perform a receiving function (or operation) and the transmitter is used to perform a transmitting function (or operation). The transceiver is used to communicate with other devices/devices through a transmission medium.
可选的,通信装置130还可以包括一个或多个存储器1330,用于存储程序指令和/或数据等。存储器1330和处理器1320耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1320可能和存储器1330协同操作。处理器1320可可以执行存储器1330中存储的程序指令。可选的,上述一个或多个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。可选地,一个或多个存储器中可以用于存储本申请实施例中的第二基矩阵、第一基矩阵或校验矩阵中的至少一项。Optionally, the communication device 130 may also include one or more memories 1330 for storing program instructions and/or data, etc. The memory 1330 is coupled to the processor 1320. The coupling in the embodiment of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1320 may operate in conjunction with the memory 1330. The processor 1320 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1330. Optionally, at least one of the one or more memories may be included in the processor. Optionally, one or more memories may be used to store at least one of the second base matrix, the first base matrix or the check matrix in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器1310、处理器1320以及存储器1330之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图13中以存储器1330、处理器1320以及收发器1310之间通过总线1340连接,总线在图13中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图13中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 1310, processor 1320 and memory 1330 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 13 , the memory 1330, processor 1320 and transceiver 1310 are connected through a bus 1340, and the bus is represented by a bold line in FIG. 13 . The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not limited thereto. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one bold line is used in FIG. 13 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成等。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, etc., and may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor, etc.
本申请实施例中,存储器可包括但不限于硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等非易失性存储器,随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或便携式只读存储器(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)等等。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的程序代码,并能够由计算机(如本申请示出的通信装置等)读和/或写的任何存储介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiments of the present application, the memory may include, but is not limited to, non-volatile memories such as hard disk drive (HDD) or solid-state drive (SSD), random access memory (RAM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), read-only memory (ROM) or portable read-only memory (CD-ROM), etc. The memory is any storage medium that can be used to carry or store program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be read and/or written by a computer (such as the communication device shown in the present application), but is not limited to this. The memory in the embodiments of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device that can realize a storage function, which is used to store program instructions and/or data.
示例性的,处理器1320主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1330主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1310可以包括控制电路和天线,控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Exemplarily, the processor 1320 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory 1330 is mainly used to store the software program and data. The transceiver 1310 may include a control circuit and an antenna. The control circuit is mainly used to convert the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and to process the radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. The input and output devices, such as a touch screen, a display screen, a keyboard, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
当通信装置开机后,处理器1320可以读取存储器1330中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1320对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1320,处理器1320将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1320 can read the software program in the memory 1330, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1320 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit. The RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1320. The processor 1320 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the communication device in a remote manner.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的通信装置还可以具有比图13更多的元器件等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。以上所示的处理器和收发器所执行的方法仅为示例,对于该处理器和收发器具体所执行的步骤可参照上文介绍的方法。It is understandable that the communication device shown in the embodiment of the present application may also have more components than those in FIG. 13, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. The method performed by the processor and transceiver shown above is only an example, and the specific steps performed by the processor and transceiver can refer to the method described above.
示例性的,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)和基带处理单元(building base band unit,BBU)。BBU可以为分布式基站的组成部分,主要完成信号的基带处理(如信道编码、信道解调、调制和解调等),提供传输管理及接口,管理无线资源和提供时钟信号等功能。Exemplarily, the embodiment of the present application further provides a network device, which may include an active antenna unit (AAU) and a baseband processing unit (BBU). The BBU may be a component of a distributed base station, mainly completing baseband processing of signals (such as channel coding, channel demodulation, modulation and demodulation, etc.), providing transmission management and interfaces, managing wireless resources, and providing clock signals and other functions.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,图12所示的通信装置中,处理单元1201可以是一个或多个逻辑电路,收发单元1202可以是输入输出接口,又或者称为通信接口,或者接口电路,或接口等等。或者收发单元1202还可以是发送单元和接收单元,发送单元可以是输出接口,接收单元可以是输入接口,该发送单元和接收单元集成于一个单元,例如输入输出接口。如图14所示,图14所示的通信装置包括逻辑电路1401和接口1402。即上述处理单元1201可以用逻辑电路1401实现,收发单元1202可以用接口1402实现。其中,该逻辑电路1401可以为芯片、处理电路、集成电路或片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片等,接口1402可以为通信接口、 输入输出接口、管脚等。示例性的,图14是以上述通信装置为芯片为例出的,该芯片包括逻辑电路1401和接口1402。In another possible implementation, in the communication device shown in FIG12, the processing unit 1201 may be one or more logic circuits, and the transceiver unit 1202 may be an input-output interface, or also called a communication interface, or an interface circuit, or an interface, etc. Or the transceiver unit 1202 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit, the sending unit may be an output interface, the receiving unit may be an input interface, and the sending unit and the receiving unit are integrated into one unit, such as an input-output interface. As shown in FIG14, the communication device shown in FIG14 includes a logic circuit 1401 and an interface 1402. That is, the above-mentioned processing unit 1201 can be implemented by the logic circuit 1401, and the transceiver unit 1202 can be implemented by the interface 1402. Among them, the logic circuit 1401 can be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc., and the interface 1402 can be a communication interface, Input and output interfaces, pins, etc. Exemplarily, FIG. 14 takes the above communication device as an example of a chip, and the chip includes a logic circuit 1401 and an interface 1402 .
本申请实施例中,逻辑电路和接口还可以相互耦合。对于逻辑电路和接口的具体连接方式,本申请实施例不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection method between the logic circuit and the interface.
示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述终端设备执行的方法或功能或步骤时,逻辑电路1401,用于通过接口1402上报能力信息;接口1402,用于输入切换信息;逻辑电路1401,用于基于该切换信息从第一频段组合切换到第二频段组合。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to execute the method, function or step performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, the logic circuit 1401 is used to report capability information through the interface 1402; the interface 1402 is used to input switching information; the logic circuit 1401 is used to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
可理解,逻辑电路1401,用于通过接口1402上报能力信息可以理解为:逻辑电路1401,用于确定能力信息,然后通过接口1402输出该能力信息(如输出给其他器件,以便于收发器发送该能力信息)。It can be understood that the logic circuit 1401 is used to report the capability information through the interface 1402, which can be understood as: the logic circuit 1401 is used to determine the capability information and then output the capability information through the interface 1402 (such as outputting it to other devices so that the transceiver can send the capability information).
在一种可能的实现方式中,逻辑电路1401,还用于释放第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道。在一种可能的实现方式中,逻辑电路1401,还用于将第一频段组合中的高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的低频段中的接收通道。In a possible implementation, the logic circuit 1401 is further used to release one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the logic circuit 1401 is further used to convert one or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
这里所示的逻辑电路1401的具体说明可以参考上文关于信号质量减弱的相关描述,这里不再详述。For the specific description of the logic circuit 1401 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on the reduction of signal quality, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,逻辑电路1401,还用于释放第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道。在一种可能的实现方式中,逻辑电路1401,还用于将第一频段组合中的低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道。In a possible implementation, the logic circuit 1401 is further used to release one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination. In a possible implementation, the logic circuit 1401 is further used to convert one or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
这里所示的逻辑电路1401的具体说明可以参考上文关于信号质量增强的相关描述,这里不再详述。For the specific description of the logic circuit 1401 shown here, reference may be made to the above description on signal quality enhancement, which will not be described in detail here.
示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述网络设备执行的方法或功能或步骤时,接口1402,用于输入能力信息;以及输出切换信息。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to execute the method, function or step executed by the above network device, the interface 1402 is used to input capability information; and output switching information.
示例性的,逻辑电路1401,用于对输入的能力信息进行解析,从而获得终端设备所支持的频段组合。示例性的,逻辑电路1401,还用于基于频段组合中频段的负载情况、覆盖范围、时隙配比中的至少一项确定切换信息。Exemplarily, the logic circuit 1401 is used to parse the input capability information to obtain the frequency band combination supported by the terminal device. Exemplarily, the logic circuit 1401 is also used to determine the switching information based on at least one of the load condition, coverage, and time slot ratio of the frequency band in the frequency band combination.
可理解,关于能力信息、切换信息、第一频段组合、第二频段组合、信号质量增强、信号质量减弱等的说明可以参考上述方法实施例,这里不再详述。It is understandable that the description of capability information, switching information, first frequency band combination, second frequency band combination, signal quality enhancement, signal quality reduction, etc. can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be described in detail here.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的通信装置可以采用硬件的形式实现本申请实施例提供的方法,也可以采用软件的形式实现本申请实施例提供的方法等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It can be understood that the communication device shown in the embodiment of the present application can implement the method provided in the embodiment of the present application in the form of hardware, or can implement the method provided in the embodiment of the present application in the form of software, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
对于图14所示的各个实施例的具体实现方式,还可以参考上述各个实施例,这里不再详述。For the specific implementation methods of the various embodiments shown in Figure 14, you can also refer to the above embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种无线通信系统,该无线通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备,该终端设备和该网络设备可以用于执行前述任一实施例中的方法。或者,该终端设备和网络设备可以参考图12至图14所示的通信装置。The embodiment of the present application also provides a wireless communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device, which can be used to execute the method in any of the above embodiments. Alternatively, the terminal device and the network device can refer to the communication devices shown in Figures 12 to 14.
此外,本申请还提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序用于实现本申请提供的方法中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。In addition, the present application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the terminal device in the method provided by the present application.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序用于实现本申请提供的方法中由网络设备执行的操作和/或处理。The present application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the network device in the method provided by the present application.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机代码,当计算机代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请提供的方法中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer code is stored. When the computer code is executed on a computer, the computer executes the operations and/or processing performed by the terminal device in the method provided in the present application.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机代码,当计算机代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请提供的方法中由网络设备执行的操作和/或处理。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer codes are stored. When the computer codes are executed on a computer, the computer executes the operations and/or processes performed by the network device in the method provided in the present application.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机代码或计算机程序,当该计算机代码或计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得本申请提供的方法中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。The present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer code or a computer program. When the computer code or the computer program runs on a computer, the operations and/or processing performed by the terminal device in the method provided by the present application are executed.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机代码或计算机程序,当该计算机代码或计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得本申请提供的方法中由网络设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。The present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer code or a computer program. When the computer code or the computer program runs on a computer, the operations and/or processing performed by the network device in the method provided by the present application are executed.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, or it can be an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选 择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例提供的方案的技术效果。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed over multiple network units. Select some or all of the units to achieve the technical effect of the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个可读存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的可读存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, including a number of instructions to enable a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned readable storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种频段切换方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A frequency band switching method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    上报能力信息,所述能力信息包括至少两个频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合分别包括至少两个频段的接收通道数;Reporting capability information, where the capability information includes at least two frequency band combinations, where the at least two frequency band combinations include a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, and where the at least two frequency band combinations respectively include the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands;
    接收切换信息,基于所述切换信息从所述第一频段组合切换到所述第二频段组合。Receive switching information, and switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination based on the switching information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在信号质量减弱的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。The method according to claim 1 is characterized in that, when the signal quality is weakened, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    释放所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的一个或多个接收通道。One or more receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination are released.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    将所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成所述第二频段组合中的所述低频段中的接收通道。One or more receiving channels in the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination are converted into receiving channels in the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量减弱的情况包括如下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, characterized in that the situation where the signal quality is weakened includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量小于或等于第一信号阈值;The signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold;
    所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载大于或等于第一负载阈值。The load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a first load threshold.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在信号质量增强的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。The method according to claim 1 is characterized in that, when the signal quality is enhanced, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量增强的情况包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 6, wherein the signal quality enhancement condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第二频段组合中高频段的信号质量大于或等于第二信号阈值;The signal quality of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a second signal threshold;
    所述第二频段组合中高频段的负载小于或等于第二负载阈值。The load of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than or equal to a second load threshold.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    释放所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的一个或多个接收通道。One or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination are released.
  9. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    将所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的一个或多个接收通道转换成所述第二频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道。One or more receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination are converted into receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述切换信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中,或者,无线资源控制RRC信令中。The method according to any one of claims 1-9 is characterized in that the switching information is carried in downlink control information DCI, or in radio resource control RRC signaling.
  11. 一种频段切换方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A frequency band switching method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收能力信息,所述能力信息包括至少两个频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合包括第一频段组合和第二频段组合,所述至少两个频段组合分别包括至少两个频段的接收通道数;receiving capability information, the capability information including at least two frequency band combinations, the at least two frequency band combinations including a first frequency band combination and a second frequency band combination, the at least two frequency band combinations respectively including the number of receiving channels of at least two frequency bands;
    发送切换信息,所述切换信息用于指示终端设备从所述第一频段组合切换到所述第二频段组合。Send switching information, where the switching information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the first frequency band combination to the second frequency band combination.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,在信号质量减弱的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。 The method according to claim 11 is characterized in that, when the signal quality is weakened, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量减弱的情况包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 12, wherein the signal quality reduction condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量小于或等于第一信号阈值;The signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to the first signal threshold;
    所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载大于或等于第一负载阈值。The load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a first load threshold.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,在信号质量增强的情况下,所述第二频段组合中的高频段的接收通道数大于所述第一频段组合中的所述高频段的接收通道数;或者,所述第二频段组合中的低频段的接收通道数小于所述第一频段组合中的所述低频段的接收通道数。The method according to claim 11 is characterized in that, when the signal quality is enhanced, the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the second frequency band combination is greater than the number of receiving channels of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination; or, the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the second frequency band combination is less than the number of receiving channels of the low frequency band in the first frequency band combination.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号质量增强的情况包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 14, wherein the signal quality enhancement condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一频段组合中高频段的信号质量大于或等于第二信号阈值;The signal quality of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is greater than or equal to a second signal threshold;
    所述第一频段组合中高频段的负载小于或等于第二负载阈值。The load of the high frequency band in the first frequency band combination is less than or equal to a second load threshold.
  16. 根据权利要求11-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述切换信息承载于下行控制信息DCI中,或者,无线资源控制RRC信令中。The method according to any one of claims 11-15 is characterized in that the switching information is carried in downlink control information DCI, or in radio resource control RRC signaling.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求11-16任一项所述方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 11 to 16.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, comprising a processor and a memory;
    所述处理器用于存储计算机程序;The processor is used to store a computer program;
    所述处理器用于执行所述计算机程序,以使权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法被执行,或者,以使权利要求11-16任一项所述的方法被执行。The processor is used to execute the computer program so that the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed, or so that the method according to any one of claims 11 to 16 is executed.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括逻辑电路和接口,所述逻辑电路和所述接口耦合;A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a logic circuit and an interface, wherein the logic circuit and the interface are coupled;
    所述接口用于输入待处理的数据,所述逻辑电路按照如权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法对所述待处理的数据进行处理,获得处理后的数据,所述接口用于输出所述处理后的数据。The interface is used to input data to be processed, the logic circuit processes the data to be processed according to the method described in any one of claims 1 to 16 to obtain processed data, and the interface is used to output the processed data.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储指令,当所述指令被执行时,如权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16 is executed.
  22. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer program product, characterized in that when the instructions are run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16 is executed.
  23. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备,所述终端设备用于执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,所述网络设备用于执行如权利要求11-16任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes a terminal device and a network device, the terminal device is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10, and the network device is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 11-16.
  24. 一种频段切换方法,其特征在于,包括如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,以及如权利要求11-16任一项所述的方法。 A frequency band switching method, characterized in that it includes the method according to any one of claims 1-10 and the method according to any one of claims 11-16.
PCT/CN2023/131767 2022-11-30 2023-11-15 Frequency band switching method and apparatus WO2024114380A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211520257.0 2022-11-30
CN202211520257.0A CN118119009A (en) 2022-11-30 2022-11-30 Frequency band switching method and device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024114380A2 true WO2024114380A2 (en) 2024-06-06
WO2024114380A3 WO2024114380A3 (en) 2024-08-02

Family

ID=91212652

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/131767 WO2024114380A2 (en) 2022-11-30 2023-11-15 Frequency band switching method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118119009A (en)
WO (1) WO2024114380A2 (en)

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3709688B1 (en) * 2017-11-29 2024-07-24 Xiaomi Communications Co., Ltd. Transmission capability update method and apparatus
CN110049556A (en) * 2018-01-16 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 Methods, devices and systems for reporting terminal device capability information
CN117014020B (en) * 2019-05-28 2024-04-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US11653279B2 (en) * 2019-07-24 2023-05-16 Qualcomm Incorporated UE capability exchange for handover
WO2021087830A1 (en) * 2019-11-06 2021-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Terminal capability reporting method, method for acquiring terminal capabilities and related apparatus
CN112911654B (en) * 2019-11-19 2022-02-08 华为技术有限公司 Capability information sending method, capability information receiving method and capability information sending device
CN115150815A (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-04 中国电信股份有限公司 Terminal capability reporting method, user terminal and communication system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118119009A (en) 2024-05-31
WO2024114380A3 (en) 2024-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11632752B2 (en) Methods for multi-link setup between a multi-link access point (AP) logical entity and a multi-link non-AP logical entity
US9525539B2 (en) Multi-transceiver wireless communication device and methods for adaptive multi-band communication
JP5914665B2 (en) Multi-radio media agnostic access architecture
JP5442737B2 (en) Wireless communication method
US8879996B2 (en) Method to enable Wi-Fi direct usage in radar bands
US9001783B2 (en) Dual base stations for wireless communications systems
CN111867094A (en) Data receiving and transmitting method and device
WO2011072567A1 (en) Method and device for resource configuration
KR20160114122A (en) Apparatus, system and method of selecting a wireless communication channel
CN111602445B (en) Communication method, network equipment and terminal equipment
WO2015010484A1 (en) Multimode wireless terminal
GB2601434A (en) Dual connectivity power amplifier system
CN111436089A (en) Communication method and device
WO2022001226A1 (en) Method for transmitting sounding reference signal (srs) and communication device
CN115884438A (en) Apparatus, system, and method for link disabling of Access Points (APs)
CN110035548B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022052117A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring supplementary uplink (sul)
WO2024067707A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20240063831A1 (en) Configurable filter bands for radio frequency communication
WO2024114380A2 (en) Frequency band switching method and apparatus
KR102468956B1 (en) Wireless communication method, network device, terminal device, chip and computer readable storage medium
WO2022206520A1 (en) Signal forwarding method and apparatus
CN210246745U (en) Radio frequency control circuit and mobile terminal
WO2024169738A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023098823A1 (en) Signal sending method and apparatus